fire and the thunders and the lightnings and he went neere into the thicke darknesse and a voice spake unto him and we heard it Moses Moses goe say unto them thus and thus And so it is said face to face the Lord spake with you Deut. 5. 4. c. This standing at mount Sinai it selfe alone was an evident confirmation of his prophesie that it was truth and without all suspicion in it as it is written Lo I come unto thee in the thicke cloud that the people may heare when I speake with thee and may beleeve in thee for ever Exodus 19. 9. So that before this thing they beleeved not in him with such a beleefe as continueth for ever but with a beleefe that had doubtfull conceits and thoughts after it Maimony in Misn. in Iesudei hatorah ch 8. S. 1. Vers. 10. sanctifie them that is bid them and looke that they doe sanctifie and holily prepare themselves that they may be humbled at my feet to receive my words as Deut. 33. 3. This was by cleansing themselves from all filthinesse of the flesh and spirit 2 Cor. 7. 1. inwardly by faith Act. 15. 9. outwardly by washing their garments whereof see Gen. 35. 2. and their bodies as appeareth by other places that shew the sanctifying of the priests and people Levit 8. 6. and 15. 5. 6. 8. 13. 16. 18. 21. 22. c. and abstaining from their wives as after followeth here verse 15. Which things figured our sanctification and cleansing by Christ Iesus with the washing of water by the Word even the washing of regeneration and renewing of the holy Ghost Ephes. 5 26. Tit. 3. 5. From this precept the Hebrew Doctors gather their doctrine and practice for baptizing all whom they admit unto their Church and covenant as Maimony sheweth in Asurei Biah ch 13. and is more fully set downe in the annotations on Gen. 17. 12. V. 11. the third day which is thought to be the day that after was called Pentecost the 50. day after the Passeover then was a yeerly feast Exo. 23. 16. Lev. 23. 15. 16. c. Act. 20. 16. On this day the fiery law was now given on mount Sina on this day the fiery tongues were after given for preaching the Gospell in Ierusalem Acts 2. 1. 2. c. And many mysteries are of the third day in the Scriptures see the notes on Gen. 22. 4. Vers. 13. touch it or touch him that is the man or beast that shall touch the mountaine shall be so execrable unto you as yee shall not touch it with hand but stone it or shoot it through These ordinances were outward concerning the mount that might be touched terrible that the people could unbeare that which was commanded and shewed the nature and use of the law contrary to the Gospell on mount Sion as Paul explaineth it Heb. 12. 18. 20. 22. c. with a shot with arrow or dart as the Apostle in Greek openeth the Hebrew phrase shooting shot through Heb. 12. 20. the sound of the trumpet or the sounding trumpet called in Hebrew Iobel translated in Greeke voices and trumpets but the Apostle seemeth to expresse it by the sound or eccho of the trumpet Hebr. 12. 19. the Chaldee turneth it the trumpet Every 50. yeare was of the sounding of trumpets called Iobel the Iubilee Levit. 25. 10. see the annotations there and Ios. 6. 4. 5. is drawne long or draweth that is continueth the sound and so there be an end of the trumpets sounding shall goe up that is as the Chaldee paraphraseth when the trumpet shall be withdrawne they shall have leave to goe up and as the Gr. translateth when the voyces the trumpets the cloud are departed from the mountaine they shal goe up So that whiles the signes of Gods Majestie were on the mount the people were forbidden to approach but when they were ceased the people might goe up as to any other common mount wheras untill that time the mountaine was sanctified verse 23. Vers. 15. unto a wife or to a woman that is any of you unto his wife to lie with her as the Ierusalemy Thargum expoundeth it the ministerie of the bed A like speech passed betweene Achimelech the priest and David about eating of the holy bread 1 Sam. 21. 4. 5. This was for the more humiliation and preparing of the people as Paul teacheth that man wife may abstaine with consent for a time that they may give themselves to fasting and prayer 1 Cor. 7. 5. It seemeth also by the Law in Levit. 15. 18. that there was a figurative uneleannesse by all such copulation see the annotations on that place Vers. 16. voyces that is thunders see Exod. 9. 23. heavy that is very thicke cloud the Greeke translateth darkesome clouds These were signes of Gods glorious presence and of his judgements against the breakers of his Law the Prophets use the like words to signifie his Majestie Psal. 18. 9. 10. 12. 14. and 97. 2. 4. And these things were now done by the ministery of Angels Act. 7. 53. Gal. 3. 19. for God came with ten thousands of saints Deut. 33. 2. trumpet shewing the nature of the Law to manifest Gods will mens transgressions and to warne them of the wrath deserved Esay 58. 1. Ezek. 33. 3. Rom. 3. 20. and 4. 15. trembled or was afraid The spirit of bondage which was in the people caused them to feare Rom. 〈◊〉 15. for they were not perfect in the love of God 1 Iohn 4. 18. Vers. 17. to meet with God as the Chaldee paraphraseth with the Word of the Lord. Thus Moses as a Mediatour stood betweene the Lord and the people because they were afraid Deut. 5. 5. Gal. 3. 19. at the nether part without the bounds that Moses had limited vers 12. They flood here as the Hebrews write after the order that Moses mentioneth in Deut. 29. 10. 11. when after 40. yeeres he renewed the covenant First there were the firstborne the priests Exod. 19. 22. which came neare unto the Lord after them the Heads of the Tribes the Rulers after them the Elders then the officers after them all the men of Israel then the little ones after them the women and then the strangers Aben Ezra on Exod. 19. Vers. 18. on a smoke With clouds and smoke God often manifested his glorious presence to his people Exod. 40. 34. 35. 2 Chro. 5. 14. and 6. 1. and 7. 1. 2. Esay 6. 4. Rev. 15. 8. there was the hiding of his power Hab. 3. 4. descended God who filleth heaven and earth Ier. 23. 24. is said to descend or come downe to certaine places when hee there manifesteth his glory and it is spoken of him after the manner of men See the notes on Gen. 6. 6. and 11. 5. in fire for Gods Word is like to fire Ier. 23. 29. and his law was firie Deut. 33. 2. as hee himselfe is a consuming fire Deutro 4. 24. Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it thus because the
enlighted by the Apostles of Christ whose writings specially Pauls doe unfold the mysteries of the law Another reason why I cite the Rabbines is to shew how in many words phrases and points of doctrine they approve the new Testament though sometime to the condemning of themselves and so the testimony of the adversary against himselfe helpeth our faith Examples may be seene in the annotations themselves some few I will here touch The day of judgement or Iudgement of the great day Iude vers 6. was used of the godly Iewes against the opinion of the Sadduces as Iom dinarabba in the Chaldee on Psal. 50. 3. and many other places So Paradise for heaven Geenna for hell as Christ useth them are common in all the Rabbines and the Second death Revel 20. 8. is used by Ionathan a Rabbine of the Apostles age on Esa. 65. 6 15. where he damneth his owne people to the second death Christ is called the Word Ioh. 1. 1. so by the Chaldee paraphrast on Ps. 110. 1. and many a time beside The Devill is called the Accuser Revel 12. 10. so R. Menachem on Levit. 25. speaketh of the Serpent the Accuser Paul nameth Abraham the heire of the world Rom. 4. 13. So doth R Bochai fol. 23. The Apostle calleth Circumcision a seale Rom. 4. 11. so doe the Iewes in their prayer which they use at circumcision Maimony treat of Circumcis chap. 3. And whereas they that deny the baptising of Infants plead that circumcision was a carnall signe of carnall promises to a carnall seed the Iewes owne testimonies doe abundantly refute this errour as is shewed after on Gen. 17. Christ baptizeth with the holy Ghost and with fire Matth. 3. 11. It is said by our Rabbines of happy memory that the holy blessed God baptized with fire saith R. Menachem on Levit. 6. Christ our high Priest is on the right hand of the throne of the Majestie in the heavens Heb. 8. 1. and by the Rabbines doctrine Michael is the great Priest that is above and offreth the soules of just men R. Menachem on Levit. 1. and 6. chap. Maimony in Misneh in Biath hamikdash chap. 6. sect 11. sheweth how the great Synedrion were wont to sit in a chamber of the Temple to judge and try the Priests both for their genealogies and for their blemishes What Priest soever was sound dissallowable by his genealogie he was clothed in blacke and so went out of the Priests court in the Temple and who so was found perfect and fit he was cloathed in white and went in and ministred with his brethren This giveth light to that saying of Christ in Rev. 3. 4. they shall walke with me in white for they are worthy So the names of Iannes and Iambres the sorcerers of Egypt cited by Paul in 2 Tim. 3. 8. are recorded in the Talmud and other Iewish writers as is noted on Exodus 7. 11. Wherefore the evidence brought from the learned Iewes will helpe both to understand some scriptures and to end some controversies But Iewish * Tit. 1. 14. forbidden fables of which there are too many them I passe over as unprofitable some things also I note from them not as approving them my selfe absolutely but leaving them to further consideration of the prudent The Christian Fathers and Doctors because they are usually cited by other expositors abundantly I thought needlesse to repeat and the rather for brevitie which is requisite in annotations The testimonie of heathen writers I alledge more spiringly also as of whom wee have least need Yet Paul had occasion * Acts 17. 28. 1 Co◠15. 33. Tit. 〈◊〉 sometime to cite them and we likewise may have use of their sayings both for ancient histories and religious exercises and for the witnesse which they beare unto the truth of God Finally in all this labour I desire the furtherance and stirring up of people in the study and understanding of Gods law Wherein though some things are briefe some things darke and hard to bee understood yet many things are by a little direction made easie to the prudent And let not the varietie of phrase or sundry interpretations trouble any but let discretion choose out the best Behold the holy Ghost translateth one Hebrew word by many Greeke to teach us both the ample wisedome comprised in that mother tongue and that any words may be used which expresse the true meaning of the text unto our understanding The Minchah or Meat-offring as we English it in the law is turned into Greeke Thusia Sacrifice Acts 7. 42. from Amos 5. and Prosphora Oblation Heb. 10. 5. from Psal. 40. The Hebrew word Pinnah Esa. 40. 3. is Euthuno to Make-straight Ioh. 1. 23. Hetoimazo to Prepare Matth. 3. 3. and Kataskevaso to Make ready Matth. 11. 10. That one phrase of Moses in Deut. 25. 5. uben aeinlo and hee have no sonne is by three Evangelists translated three wayes all good having no children Matth. 22. 24. and leave no children Mark 12. 19. and he dye childlesse Luk. 20. 28. Yea one Hebrew word Sorer in Esa. 65. 2. is expressed of Paul by two Greeke words together Apeithounta and Antilegont◠that is Disobedient or unperswaded and gainsaying Rom. 10. 21. the one noting the rebelliousnesse of the heart the other of the mouth and cariage By which with many other of like sort we may see the copiousnesse of matter which the originall tongue containeth in few words and that the noting of such varieties may be profitable unto us The Hebrew Doctors have a saying that the Law hath seventie faces that is 70. manner of wayes to be opened and applied and all of them truth R. Menachem on Gen. 29. and Exod. 21. But forasmuch as my portion is small in the knowledge of holy things let the godly reader try what I set downe and not accept it because I say it and let the learned be provoked unto more large fruitfull labours in this kinde The Lord open all our eyes that we may see the marveilous things of his Law Henry Ainsworth The summe of Genesis THe first Booke of Moses sheweth the Generation of the World the Corruption thereof by Sinne the restauration promised in Christ the Governement of the old World 1656. yeeres till it perished by the Flood and of the World that now is especially of Gods Church therein 713. yeeres moe till the death of Ioseph The Generation GOD in sixe dayes createth the World all good and Man in the Image of God whom hee made ruler over the earth Chapter 1 He adorneth this his world with a speciall sanctified Time as the Sabbath day Place as the garden of Eden with the River and Trees thereof Order of mans obedience by the Law given to Adam and of propagation of kinde by Mariage Chap. 2 The Corruption of the World The Serpent tempteth to disobedience Man falleth so Sinne and Death are come upon all men The Serpent is cursed and the Earth for mans sake Chap. 3
2. give that is dispose and make my covenant or testament see Gen. 9. 12. and 6. 18. betweene me the Chaldee interpreteth it betweene my Word so after in v 7. 10. 11. See also Gen 9. 12. in very much abundance Hebr. in abundance abundance or vehemently vehemently so after in v. 6. and often Vers. 3. fell in reverence to Gods word and majesty and in thankfulnesse for this mercy See the like humiliation in Lev. 9. 24. Ezek. 1. 29. and 3. 23. Dan. 8. 17. Vers. 4. As for me Hebr. I the Greeke addeth And I. a father or for afather but the word for may be omitted in English as the Greeke here also doth and sometime the Hebrew it selfe as I will be for a lying spirit 2 Chron. 18. 21. that is I will be a lying spirit 1 King 22. 22. The New Testament in Greeke often keepeth the Hebraisme as Heb. 1. 5. c. a multitude that is of many nations as Paul expoundeth it Rom. 4. 16. 17. where the Apostle sheweth a twofold seed that which is of the Law and that which is of the Faith of Abraham who is the father of us all So by the multitude of nations is meant besides his naturall posterity all Christian beleevers in the world Gal. 3. 28. 29. who should inherit from him as children receive inheritance from their fathers the justice that is by faith and blessednesse accompanying the same through the covenant of grace propagated by Abrams doctrine and example see Rom. 4. and Gal. 3. To this the Hebrew Canons doe accord A stranger say they bringeth first-fruits c. for it was said to Abraham a father of a multitude of nations have I given thee to be Gen. 17. 5. Behold he is father of all the world which shall be gathered under the wings of the Majesty of God Maimony in Misn. treat of First fruits chap. 4. Sect. 3. Vers. 5. Abraham Abram signifieth A high father and the first letter of Hamon that is a multitude being put unto it maketh Abraham as if it were Abrahamon that is A high Father of a multitude of nations Abram is the first man in the world whose name is changed of God and it signified a change of estate and a renewing with increase of grace from God therefore this is after mentioned as one of his favours Neh. 9. 7. So Iakobs name is made new Gen. 32. 28. and all true Christians Esa. 62. 2. Rev. 2. 17. But Isaaks name was not changed for it was given him of God before his birth Gen. 17. 19. given that is freely made or as the Greeke interpreteth put thee and this the Apostle followeth in Rom. 4. 17. So Gen. 9. 12. and after here in vers 6. will give thee to be nations that is will make nations of thee Vers. 6. Kings as David Solomon and the rest of Israel besides the Kings of Edom and other Also the faithfull Kings of the Gentiles Revel 21. 24. Vers. 7. thy seed thy children especially Isaak verse 19. for in Isaak was his seed called Gen. 21. 12. So the children of the flesh are not the children of God but the children of the promise are counted for the seed Rom 9. 8. everlasting Hebr. covenant of eternity Although the outward signes and manner of dispensing this covenant were temporary and changeable as Circumcision into Baptisme Col. 2. 11. 12. yet the covenant it selfe remaineth one in substance for ever being stâ—blished by the blood of Christ the great Pastor Heb. 13. 20. Luke 1. 69. 72. 73. a God or for a God unto thee that is thy God as the Greeke translateth it Herein consisteth the power and life of the everlasting covenant whereby God himselfe his power wisedome goodnesse mercy c. is applyed unto man for blessing and salvation and wee are by adoption made the children of God 2 Cor. 6. 16. 18. For blessed is the people whose God Iehovah is Psal. 144. 15. they shall be delivered out of miseries Rev. 21. 3. 4. raised up from the dead Mat. 22. 31. 32. and God hath prepared for them an heavenly Citie Heb. 11. 16. Vers. 8. of thy sojournings that is as the Greeke explaineth it which thou sojournest in For God gave Abraham no inheritance in it no not so much as to set his foot on Acts 7. 5. but he by faith sojourned in the land of promise as in a strange country Heb. 11. 9. So this land figured unto him the kingdome of heaven as is shewed on Gen. 12. 4. But the rebellious sonnes of Abraham after they had full possession of Canaan are in another sense called sojourners there Ezek. 20. 38. and 11. 15. as being rather usurpers then lawfull possessors of that land everlasting so in Esay he saith thy people shall possesse the land for ever Esay 60. 21. howbeit they possessed the earthly land but a little while Esa. 63. 18. but the eternall inheritance was to be received by Christ reserved in the heavens for them and us Heb. 9. 15. 1 Pet. 1. 4. Vers. 9. thy seed thy children as before in v. 7. meaning al the faithful Herupon the Hebrew Doctors say Circumcision was commanded unto Abraham and his seed onely as it is written thou and thy seed after thee Gen. 17. 9. The seed of Ismael is excepted as it is written For in Isaak shall seed be called to thee Gen. 21. 12. And Esau is excepted for loe Isaak said to Iakob And he give to thee the blessing of Abraham to thee and to thy seed Gen. 28. 4. It is a generall rule that he onely is Abrahams seed that retaineth his law and his right way and these are they that ought to be circumcised Maimony in Misneh treat of Kings ch 10. S. 7. Vers. 10. my covenant that is the signe of my covenant or testament as is explained in verse 11. Hereupon are those usuall speeches when the signes and the things signified are named alike as the covenant of circumcision Act. 7. 8. the Lamb is the Lords Passeover Exod. 12. 11. the bread is Christs body Mat. 26. 17. 18. and many the like circumcised This word signifieth a cutting-offround-about to weet of the foreskin of the flesh So it was with shedding of blood and much paine and sorenesse to the flesh Exod. 4. 25. 26. Gen. 34. 25. It figured the circumcision that is the mortification of the heart and spirit in putting off the body of the sinnes of the flesh Deut. 10. 16. Rom. 2. 29. Col. 2. 11. and so it was a seale of the righteousnesse of faith Rom. 4. 11. Vers. 11. superfluous-foreskin The Hebrew Gnorlah signifieth a superfluity and stoppage that hindereth the due effect and operation of a thing and the Greeke Acrobustia which the Apostle useth in Rom. 2. 25. is in speciall that superfluity which is on the top of mans flesh to weet on the member of generation the foreskin that covereth the secret part Which God here commandeth to bee cut quite off as a signe of
reached but to the Iubilee so sometime it is but during life as 1 Sam. 1. 22. Thus by all meanes God provided to keepe men out of bondage as he had brought them out of Egyptian servitude to be his servants Levit. 25. 42. Nehem. 5. 8. And the Apostle saith If thou canst be made free use it rather 1 Cor. 7. 21. Especially God taught them hereby to labour for the Libertie which Christ at his Iubilee should bring unto them Ioh. 8. 32. 34. 36. and not to be the servants of men 1 Cor. 7. 23. And by this outward state of servants led them from the bondage of the Law at mount Sina to the freedome of the Gospell at mount Sion Galat. 4. 24. 25. 26. c. For the aule through the eare signified the sharpe iron precepts which men were bound to obey in their going out and comming in their whole administration till either the death of the master or the Iubilee did release them So the Apostle saith The Law hath dominion over a man as long as he liveth c. When wee were in the flesh the passions of sinnes which were by the Law wrought effectually in our members to bring forth fruit unto death but now we are delivered from the Law that being dead wherein we were held that we should serve in ne 〈…〉 of the spirit and not in oldnesse of the letter Romans 7. 1. 5. 6. Vers. 7. sell his daughter which the Hebrew canons say hee might not doe but while shee was a girle under the age and state of mariage not after neither might he sell her but for extreme povertie when he had nothing left of goods moveable or unmoveable unto the cloathes on his backe Maimony treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 1. 2. An example hereof was among the poore Iewes returned our of Babylon Nehem. 5. 1. 5. 8. maid-servant or hand maid see Gen. 16. 1. This servitude by the Law must bee but till the seventh yeere as was before for men-servants whom the Magistrates sold or till the Iubilee if it fell out before Deut 15. 12. Levit. 25. 40. or by the Hebrew canons till the death of her master as the servants that is as slaves basely and with dishonour for the Hebrew men and women might not be made to serve as servants but as hired persons and sojourners Levit. 25. 39. 40. Although therefore this by some is referred to the former law of men-servants in verse 2. 3. c. yet the Greeke translation changeth the gender and so understandeth it of bond-women or slaves And the Iew Doctors referre it to that which followeth in verse 26. 27. that an Hebrew handmaid goeth not out for losse of limme as of eye tooth c. but must receive satisfaction for such hurts as any other of Israel according to the Law in verse 24. Maimony treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 6. Vers. 8. evill that is displeasing as the Greeke also translateth it that he doe not betroth her unto himselfe oâ—to his sonne verse 9. Or who hath betrothed her to himselfe for the Hebrew hath both readings the first in the line the latter in the margine And the writing differeth in the eye * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lo not and to to himselfe but hath no difference in the eare so Moses hearing it of God did by his spirit write both and the margine is that which in the Hebrew is noted to be read The Hebrew Doctors in Thalmud Bab. in Nedarim chap. 4. fol. 37. b. say The words read and not written and written and not read were the tradition of Moses from mount Sinai that is as the Hebrew scholion on that place noteth so Moses received in Sinai and delivered to Israel The Chaldee version in this and other the like places translateth according to the margin an evident proofe that these divers readings were not added by the Masorites as some thinke seeing the Masorites were not so ancient The Greeke copies here varie some having hath betrothed her to him othersome hath not betrothed and so Theâ—lotio and Symmachus also translated hath not betrothed The meaning seemeth to bee if he take dislike of her either before or after shee is betrothed By the Iewes canons An Hebrew maid might not be sold but unto one who either himselfe or his sonne might betroth her when she was mariageable As a man might not sell his daughter to his sonne because she was not meet for her master who was her brother nor for her masters sonns because shee was his fathers sister Maimony treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 11. shall he let her or cause her to be redeemed the Greeke translateth he shall redeeme her The Hebrewes say If her master have bethrothed her to him-selfe or to his sonne she is as other betrothed women and goeth not out but by the death of her husband or by bill and the commandement to betroth is before the commandement to redeeme If her master dye his sonne cannot betroth her to himselfe because she goeth out free by her masters death Maimony treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 7. 8. to a strange people that is to any stranger the Chaldee interprets it to another man And Maimony in the foresaid place Sect. 10. saith he may not sell her nor give her to another man whether he be one farre off or neere and if he either sell or give her it is nothing that he doth unfaithfully transgressed or dealt deceitfully and treacherously failing of that which was expected at his hands The Chaldee translateth he hath ruled over her Vers. 9. of daughters which the Chaldee explaineth of the daughters of Israel as is right and custome to be done with all other maids which are not servants This may be understood of giving a a dowrie as Exod. 22. 16. 17. and all other priviledges of a free woman Vers. 10. take him this the Greeke interpreteth take to himselfe though it may imply both the father and the sonne forespoken of her mariage dutie the due benevolence betweene man and wife such as the Apostle speaketh of 1 Cor. 7. 3. and so the Greek translateth it conversation or companying together the Hebrew Doctors also explain it from the phrase in Gen. 19. 31. to goe in unto her after the way of all the earth Vnto these three the Hebrewes adde seven moe their words are When a man marieth a wife whether she be a virein or otherwise be she great or small a daughter of Israel or a proselyte he oweth unto her ten things and she oweth foure Of the ten three are in the Law her food her rayment and her mariage duty that is to goe in unto her after the manner of all the earth And seven are by the doctrine of the Scribes The first is the principall of the dowrie which for a maid was fiftie shekels as is noted on Exod. 22. 17 and the other are called conditions of the dowrie and they are these to heale her
spake unto the sonnes of Israel after they came forth out of Egypt On this side Iordan in the valley over against Beth-peor in the land of Sihon king of the Amorites who dwelt in Heshbon whom Moses and the sonnes of Israel smote after they were come forth out of Egypt And they possessed his land and the land of Og king of Bashan two kings of the Amorites which were on this side Iordan toward the Sunne rising From Aroer which is by the banke of the river Arnon and unto mount Sion that is Hermon And all the plaine of this side Iordan Eastward and unto the Sea of the plaine under Ashdoth Pisgah Annotationsâ— STatutes or Ordinances which taught the service of God Heb. 9. 1. as the next word judgments are for duties towards men and punishments of transgressours These are often joyned together see Deut. 5. 1. and 6. 1. and 12. 1. Mal. 4. 4. And that Statutes meane the legall services appeareth by the continuall use of this word as in Exod. 12. 24. 43. and 27. 21. and 29. 9. and 30. 21. teach or am teaching this sheweth the worke of the law still urging the conscience to dâ—â— for not the hearers of the Law are just before God but the dâ—ers of the Law shall be justified Rom. 2. 13. may live Moses describeth the justice which is of the law that the man which doth those things shall live by them Rom. 10. 5. possesse or inâ—erit the land which was a figure of our heavenly inheritance Gen 12. 5. proposed to them that do the Law but given to them that are of the faith of Christ Ioh. 1. 17. Rom. 4. 13. 16. and 6. 23. Vers. 2. not adde Hereby all doctrines of men are condemned Matt. 15. 9. and the all-sufficiency and authority of Gods word stablished for ever Gal. 3. 1â— 2 Tim. 3. 16 17. Adde thou not unto his words lest hee reprove thee and thou be found a lier Prov. 30. 6. diminish for every word of God is pure Prov. 30. 5. and profitable for doctrine for reproofe for correction for instruction in righteousnesse 2 Tim. 3. 16. Till heaven and earth passe one jot or one tittle shall in no wise passe from the Law Matt. 5. 18. for to keepe that is that you may keepe understanding the persons forementioned so in vers 5. see the notes on Gen. 6. 19. Vers. 3. Baal-peor in Greeke Beel-phegor the Idoll of the Moabites unto which many of Israel declined by the counsell of Balaam see Num. 25. 1 2. 18. and 31. 16. Psal. 106. 28. The Chaldee translateth against them that served Baal-peor destroyed or abolished by sending a plague to the death of twenty foure thousand Num. 25. 9. This judgment was remembred after in Ios. 22. 17. Have wee too little for the wickednesse of Peor c. Vers. 4. unto Iehovah the Chaldee saith unto the feare or religion of the Lord. Thus they that keepe themselves pure in generall defections are saved from the common destruction Ezek. 9. 4 6. 2 Tim. 2. 19. Rev. 20. 4. Vers. 6. wisdome Hereupon the Oracles of God are often commended as making wise the simple Psal. 19. 8. making us wiser than ouâ— enemies and to have more understanding than all our teachers Psal. 119. 98 99. and able to make us wise unto salvation through the faith which is in Christ Iesus 2 Tim. 3. 15. On the contrary it is said They have rejected the word of the Lord and what wisdome is in them Ier. 8. 9. Surely or Onely The Greeke turneth it Behold Vers. 7. what nation is there so great or what other great nation is there meaning there is not any So in vers 8. God nigh or Gods â—igh The Hebrew words are both of the plurall number yet meaning one God in the plurality of persons as the like is in Deut. 5. 26. Ios. 24. 19. The Greeke and Chaldee here translate it singularly God And he is said to be nigh us specially when he heareth and granteth our requests Psal. 145. 18. So the Chaldee here paraphraseth nigh unto the same toreceive the prayer thereof in the time of the tribulation thereof Wee likewise are said to draw nigh unto God when wee call upon him in faith Psal. 73. 28. Heb. 7. 19. Esa. 58. 2. and both are conjoyned in Iam. 4. 8. Vers. 9. thy soule that is thy selfe the soule is often put for the whole man So where one Evangelist saith lose his soule Matth. 16. 26. another saith Iose himselfe Luk. 9. 25. diligently or vehemently so vers 15. and often The word implieth strength as well as diligence See Deut. 6. 5. things Hebr. words which the Greeke also and Chaldee here keepeth lest or that they depart not in Greeke Let them not depart from thy heart Compare Prov. 3. 1. 3. and 4. 21. Vers. 10. Horeb or Choreb called also Sinaâ— see Exod. 19. Paul calleth it The mount that might be touched Heb. 12. 18. Vers. 11. heart that is the midst as the heart of the Sea is the midst thereof Exod. 15. 8. So here the heart of heaven is the middest of the aiâ—e thicke darknesse or tempestuous darknesse glocâ—â—â—◠〈◊〉 as the Greeke version and the holy Ghost in Heb. 12. 18. implieth See Exod. 20. 21. Vnto this â—â—â—ible mount where the Law was given Paul opposeth mount Sion or the state of grace by the Gospell Heb. 12. 18 22. It noteth the hidden glory of Gods kingly administration in his Church Psal. 97. 1 2. Vers. 12. voice of words This also Paul mentioneth Heb. 12. 19. In the next verse Moses calleth them ten words that is ten commandements whereof see the notes on Exod. 34. 28. no similitude to wit of God so after save a voice that is the voice of God as in verse 33. Hereupon it is said To whom then will yee liken God or what likenâ—sse will yee compare unto him Esa. 40. 18. Vers. 13. of stone signifying the perpetuity of these words and also the stoninesse of mens hearts as is noted on Exod. 31. 18. Vers. 14. statutes for the worship of God as judgments were for the repressing and punishing of vice Exod. 21. 1. These were spoken to Moses only and by him written to Israel but the ten words were spoken to all the people and written by the singer of God Vers. 19. the sunne It was a common corruption not onely amongst the heathens but in Israel to worship the Sunne and Starres and host of heaven 2 King 21. 3. and 17. 16. Amos 5. 25 26. of which sinne Iob cleareth himselfe Iob 31. 26 27. driven away or thrust to wit out of the â—ay as is after expressed in Deut. 13. 5. which is meant by the seduction of others or of their own hearts Therefore the Greeke and Chaldee here 〈◊〉 translate it beest deceived or made to erre and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the Hebrew word implyeth being after used for the straying of cattell Deut. 22. 1. Imparted or divided distributed as a portâ—â— It noteth Gods
neede them not Object If these divers readings were written by the Spirit of God as you will have it then must they bee for our learning and instruction for increase of our comfort and hope Rom. 15. 4 but if you cannot shew that there is a certaine and sure way to gather necessary doctrine from theâ— for our edification then have wee no reason to thinke with you that they are any part of the Scriptures of God or written by the Spirit of God Answ. All Translators old and new will have many of them to bee written by the Spirit of God as by their versions and notes hath beene manifested yea and the Spirit of God him-selfe by other Prophets hath confirmed sundry of them and they are all for ought that hath beene yet shewed of equall authority 2 If I or another man cannot shew a sure way to gather necessary doctrine from every one of them it followeth not that therefore a sure way could not heretofore or cannot now or shall not here after bee shewed by any 3 From many of them both doctrine and comfort hath soundly beene gathered by sundry men the like I doubt not may be done from the rest as God shall furnish men with more abundanâ—â— of his Spirit Object If it were true that Keri and Chethib were both written by the Spirit of God c. then doe you herein declare your selfe to be guilty of great sinne treachery and unfaithfull dealing with the Scriptures in that you doe leave out divers parts of the same at your pleasure c. as in Gen. 8. 17. and 10. 19. and 25. 23. and 27. 3 c. Answ. 1. This reason if it be of weight woundeth not me alone but thorow my sides all ancient and latter Interpreters that have read noted or expounded some of them as is formerly manifested for none hath ever read or noted them all Though this be no excuse for me wherein I have done amisse 2 Those marginall readings doe many of them concerne the Hebrew tongue and Grammar which however they may be of great and good use for the Hebrewes and such as know that tongue yet are they not of such use in other languages When Arjeh a Lion is noted to be read Ari a Lion in 2 Sam. 23. 20. it sheweth in the Hebrew tongue an agreement with 1 Chron. 11. 22. where it is written onely Ari but in other tongues which write the name of a Lion but one way it hath not such use When Shenajim in statu absoluto as Grammarians call it is noted to be read Shene in statu constructo 2 King 17. 16. both which in English signifie two which word with us varieth not the forme as doth the Hebrew when Anu is by the margin to be read Anachnu in Ier. 42. 6. both which in our language signifie Wee when in the night Lam. 2. 19. is by the letters in the line belel and by the vowels and margin ballajlab both which signifie one thing and many the like as in 1. King 18. 5. and 19. 4. and 21 8. 2 King 7. 12. and 11. 20. and 15. 25. Esay 54 16 c. these differences may be profitably observed by them that know that first tongue but in other speeches cannot so be discerned So the order of the Hebrew Alphabet is set downe of God in some Psalmes and in Ieremies Lamentations which when the Hebrew is turned into other tongues will not so appeare And thus Hotse in Gen. 8. 17. being to be read by the vowels and margin Hojtse bring forth Gojim nations being written in the line with jod and read in the margin with vau in Gen. 25. 23. and sundry the like because they so specially belong to the Hebrew tongue and vary not in our English I have therefore omitted to speake of And if this reason be not of weight let me beare my deserved blame but let not the booke of God be accused of corruption And let the judicious and learned Reader judge of that which hath been said Of the Hebrew Records WHiles the Iewes Common-wealth did stand they had besides the writings of Moses and the Prophets which were of Publike and Divine authority other civill Monuments and private Records as all Kingdomes for the most part have for their use some of which are mentioned in the holy Scriptures Ios. 10. 13. 1 Kin. 11. 41. and 14. 19 29. But those ancient stories are now lost some that were written betweene the times of the last Prophets and the Apostles yet remaine as the two bookes of the Maccabees and that which Iunius calleth the booke of Simeon others the third of the Maccabees the writings of Iosephus Philo and the like When the second Temple was destroyed by the Romans and the Iewes Common-wealth overthrowne and their people scattered about the yeere of Christ 150. R. Iudah hannasi began to gather the private writings notes records and observations which were in the hands of the Doctors of his time and to compile them in one volume others after him added moe unto them with their own Commentaries which worke they called the Thalmud or Doctrinall In which they have recorded the practise of the Law from old time in their Common-wealth and Church according to their understanding but so as many Iewish fables vaine traditions received from their fathers and false expositions of the Scriptures are mixed with other things of better note and use The Thalmud called Ierusalemi was finished about the yeere of our Lord 230. and the other called Babeli about the yeere 500. according to the Canons and constitutions whereof the Iewes live to this day These longsome volumes were after abridged by Moses sonne of Maimon called Maimony and Rambam who lived 1200. yeeres after our Lords birth and he set downe in plainer Hebrew the expositions canons and traditions according to which they had interpreted the Law of God given by Moses and practised the same omitting the discourses fables disputes c. wherewith the Thalmud is reâ—erced And this Maimony is of such esteeme among the Iewish nation that of him it is said From Moses the Prophet to Moses sonne of Maimon there was none like this Moses Other Expositors they have some ancient as the Chaldee paraphrasts of which Ionathan that interpreted the Prophets is reported to be the Scholler of Gamaliel at whose feet our Apostle Paul learned the Law and Onkelos who paraphrased on the Law was not long after him Their latter Writers follow for the most part the Thalmuds and notwithstanding the many fables and falshoods that are found generally in them yet for the many good things and probable truths which from elder daies they doe record they have beene and are regarded of Christian Writers heretofore and at this day that of them it is said When they doe well they are the best Expositors and when they doe evill they are the worst Now whereas I have alleaged many of their interpretations especially from the Greeke and Chaldee
pray Forgive us our debts Mat. 6. 12. thereby is meant our sinnes Luk. 11. 4. with many other like of profitable use in letters words and phrases throughout the Bible And the more to excite men to search and conferre the scriptures I will note a few moe not unlike the former The name of God and of Christ how often is it mentioned in the holy booke yet not alwaies understood How be it the Prophets and Apostles open themselves one saying he shall build an house to my name 2 Sam. 7. 13. another he shall build an house to me 1 Chro. 17. 12. so Christ saith for my name Mat. 19. 29. that is for me and the Gospell Mark 10. 29. for my name sake Luk. 21. 12. that is for my sake Mark 13. 9. So things spoken by the Prophets in the Lords name 1 Chro. 21. 19. were the Lords commandements 2 Sam. 24. 19. accordingly Iames saith of the Prophets they have spoken in the name of the Lord Iam. 5. 10. and where the Prophet saith the Iles shall wait for Christs law Esa. 42. 4. the Apostle expoundeth it the Gentiles shall trust in his Name Mat. 12. 21. When David saith he prayed before the Lord 1 Chro. 17. 25. and the like is spoken of Ezekiah 2 King 19. 15. the meaning is that they prayed unto the Lord as is expressed in 2 Sam. 7. 27. and Esa. 37. 15. Like wise the kneeling before Christ. Math. 27. 29 is called the worshipping of him Mark 15. 19. and when the Devill would have had Christ done worship before him Luk. 4. 7. he knew that in so doing he should worship him Matth. 4 9. yet many at this day though they pray and doe worship before images and idols they will not be a knowne that they pray or doe worship unto them It is needfull for us to understand that as the scriptures are a 2 Kin. 22. 13. with 2 Chron. 34. 21. of God so whatsoever is written in them is written unto all of us this will increase our faith and our odedience If any doubt hereof the Evangelists cleare it for when one writeth God spake unto Moses Mark 12. 26. another saith it was spoken unto you by God Matth. 22. 31. Againe Moses said Matth. 22. 24. is as much as Moses wrote unto us Mark 12. 19. So Christs blood shed for many Mat. 26. 28. is applied in particular shed for you Luk. 22. 20. If men would thus minde all the precepts and promises in the Bible it would greatly further them in godlinesse now the Lord complaineth of the contrary I have written unto them the great things of my law but they are counted as astrange thing Hos. 8. 12. For these causes I have chiefly laboured in these annotations upon Moses to explaine his words and speeches by conference with himselfe and the other Prophets and Appostles all which are commenters upon his lawes and do open unto us the mysteries which were covered under his veile for by a true and sound literall explication the spirituall meaning may the better be discerned And the exquisite scanning of words and phrases which to some may seeme needlesse will be found as painfull to the writer profitable to the reader Our Saviour hath confirmed the Law unto every jote and tittle Matth. 5. 18. that we should not thinke any word or sentence to be used in vaine On the contrary the mistaking of phrases oft times occasioneth errour as from Iakobs speech in Genesis 48. 16. let my name be called on them and the name of my fathers Abraham and Isaak some would gather the doctrine of prayer unto the dead or saints departed whereas the phrase there meaneth not prayer at all but to be named of them as their children as by other scriptures compared may be seene Dan. 9. 19. Esay 4. 1. Next this main helpe of the scriptures themselves I compare the Greek Chaldee versions the first of them being in the world before Christs comming in the flesh the other soon after both of great authority especially the Greeke honored even by the Apostles in their so often following not onely the words but even the Theologicall exposition Of many I will produce these few examples In Esay 11. 10. Christ is promised for an ensigne of the peoples this the Greeke version explaineth to rule over the nations and so doth Paul alledge it in Rom. 15. 12. In Prov. 3. 34. God scorneth the scorners the Greek translateth he resisteth the proud and Iames followeth their very words Iam. 4. 6. In Prov. 11. 31. the righteous is recompensed in the earth the Greeke saith he is scarcely saved and Peter saith the same 1 Pet. 4. 18. In Esay 42. 4. the yles wait for Christs Law the Greeke interpreteth it the Gentiles shall trust in his name and the holy Ghost approveth this in Matth. 12. 21. When Moses saith of man and wife they shall be one flesh Gen. 2. 24. the Greeke addeth they two and so the words are cited in Mat. 19. 5. Mar. 10. 8. Eph. 5. 31. 1 Cor. 6. 16. Where Christ saith in David my eares thou hast digged or opened Psal. 40. 7. the Greeke expoundeth it a body thou hast fitted me and the same words Paul bringeth as Scripture in Heb. 10. 5. So many Greeke words are found in the Apostles writings according to the Greeke version of the Prophets as Aretas praises in 1 Pet. 2. 9. from Esay 42. 12. and 43. 21. and 63. 7. Thaumázontes prosopa in Iude vers 16. are such as regard accept or honour the persons of men from Deut. 10. 17. Prov. 18. 5. Iob 22. 8. Kuberneses Counsells that is Counsellors in 1 Cor. 12. 28. from Prov. 11. 14. and 20. 18. and 24. 6 Mamona tes adikias in Luk. 16. 9. is false or deceitfull riches opposed in v. 11. to the true as the Hebrew Sheker is often turned Adikia Psal. 119. 29. 69. 104. 163. Wherefore as occasion is offered I observe sundry things from the Greek translatiō which serve for the better understanding of Moses text other scriptures that have referēce to th same Concerning the Chaldee paraphrast and other Heberew doctors of the ancienter sort and some later of best esteeme for learning as Maimony or Rabbi Moses ben Maimon who abridged the Talmuds others I alledge their expositions for two causes the one one to give light to the ordinances of Moses touching the externall practice of them in the common wealth of Israel which the Rabbines did record and without whose helpe many of those legall rites especially in Exodus and Leviticus will not easily be understood By their records also many particulars about the Passeover which Christ kept Matt. 26. the Phylacteries which the Pharisees wore Mat. 23. other things mentioned in the Evangelists will much be cleared whereof see the annotations on Exod. 12. and Exod. 13. 19. As for the theologicall exposition therein the later Rabbines are for the most part blinde but we are
Amos 5. â—1 Wherefore the Chaldee translateth the Lord accepted with favour his oblation The Scripture speaketh of God after the manner of men who are delighted with sweet odours Esay 3. 24. Song 1. 〈…〉 of rest that is of sweetnesse or of sweet savour which refresheth comforteth and quieteth the sense The Hebrew word is of the same root that Noes name was of which signified rest and comfort Gen. 5. 29. The Greeke here and usually turneth it euâ—diâ—s of sweet-savour which the Apostle followeth saying Christ hath given himselfe for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a smell of sweet savour Ephesians 5. 2. where this sacrifice of Noe and all other in the Law are shewed to have their accomplishment in Christs death for otherwise as it was unpossible that the blood of buls and goats should take away sinnes Heb. 10. 4. so was it unpossible that the smoake of such flesh burned should be a sweet odour to God in his heart or unto his heart that is hartily minding and purposing this thing which followeth Some understand it unto Noes heart as spoken to his comfort but the Hebrew el unto is often used for in as Gen. 6. 6. 1 Sam. 27. 1. and the Greek explaineth it in the former sense The Chaldee translateth in or by his word which may bee understood as an oath as not onely the Hebrew Doctors say that God stretched out his right hand and swarâ— c. Pirke R. Eliezer chap. 23. but the Prophet also witnesseth I have sworne that the waters of Noe shall no more goe over the earth Es. 54. 9. not againe curse or not adde to curse This taking away of the curse notwithstanding mans corrupt heart remaining is a notable testimony of Gods rich mercy in Christ by whom we are freed from the curse Gal. 3. 13. Rev. 22. 3. Zach. 14. 11. For the covenant now made concerning the waters with Noe was a figure of that spirituall and eternall covenant of peace with us in Christ as is shewed in Esay 54. 8. 9. 10. for mans sake the Greek saith for mens workes for the imagination or though the fiction See Gen. 6. 5. where from mens merits the contrary is concluded to that which here God in mercy promiseth youth or child-hood so that it meaneth not onely mans age but infancy or childs age as the word whence youth here is derived is spoken of Moses when he was a babe Exod. 2. 6. and we all are transgressors from the womb Esay 48. 8. Psal. 51. 7. and 58. 4. In Breshith rabba an Hebrew commentary upon this place a Rabbine is said to bee asked When is the evill imagination put into mâ—n And hee answered From the 〈◊〉 that he is formed as I have done to weet universally with water howbeit fire shall consume the remnant Iob 22. 20. for the heavens and the earth now are by Gods word kept-in-store reserved unto fire against the day of judgement and perdition of ungodly men 2 Pet. 3. 7. Vers. 22. Henceforth all dayes of the earth that is Hereafter so long is the earth endureth It is a promise to conserve the orderly course and state of the world through all ages unto the end under which also the promise of stability of grace in Christ is spiritually covenanted unto the faithfull as Ier. 33. 20. 21. CHAPT IX 1. God blesseth Noe and his sonnes 4 Flesh with the blood and murder are forbidden 9. Gods covenant to drowne the earth no more 13 signified by the Rainbow 18 Noe replenisheth the world 20 planteth a vineyard 21 is drunken and mocked of his son 25 Curseth Canaan 26 Blesseth Sem 27 prayeth for Iaphet 28 and dyeth 950 yeeres old ANd God blessed Noe and his sonnes and said unto them Be fruitfull and multiply and replenish the earth And the feare of you and the dread of you shall be upon every beast of the earth and upon every fowle of the heavens on all that moveth upon the ground and on all the fishes of the sea into your hand are they given Every moving thing that is living to you shall it bee for meat as the greene herbe have I given to you all things But flesh with the soule thereof the blood therof ye shall not eate And surely your blood of your soules will I require at the hand of every beast will I require it and at the hand of man at the hand of every mans brother will I require the soule of man He that sheddeth mans blood by man shall his blood be shed for in the image of God made he man And you be yee fruitfull and multiply bring-forth-abundantly in the earth and multiply therein And God said unto Noe and unto his sonnes with him saying And I behold I establish my covenant with you and with your seed after you And with every living soule that is with you of the fowle of the cattell and of every beast of the earth with you from all that goe out of the arke to every beast of the earth And I will establish my covenant with you and all flesh shall not bee cut off any more by the waters of a Flood and there shall not bee any more a Flood to destroy the earth And God sayd This is the signe of the covenant which I doe give betweene me and you and every living soule that is with you to eternall generations My Bow I have given in the cloud and it shall bee for a signe of the covenant betweene me and the earth And it shal be when I make-cloudy the cloud over the earth that the bow shall bee seene in the cloud And I will remember my covenant which is betweene me and you and every living soule of all flesh and there shall not be any more the waters to a flood to destroy all flesh And the Bow shall bee in the cloud and I will see it to remember the everlasting covenant betweene God and every living soule of all flesh that is upon the earth And God said unto Noe This is the signe of the covenant which I have established betweene me and all flesh that is upon the earth And the sonnes of Noe that went-out of the arke were Sem and Cham and Iapheth and Cham he is the father of Canaan These three were the sonnes of Noe and of these all the earth was over-spred And Noe began to be an husbandman and he planted a vineyard And he dranke of the wine and was drunken and hee uncovered himselfe within his tent And C ham the father of Canaan saw the nakednesse of his father and told his two brethren without And Sem and Iapheth took a garment and they layd it upon both their shoulders and went backward and covered the nakednesse of their father and their faces were backward and they saw not their fathers nakednesse And Noe awoke from his wine and hee knew that which his younger son had done unto him And he said Cursed be Canaan a servant of servants
shall hee bee to his brethren And he sayd Blessed be Iehovah the God of Sem and Canaan shall be a servant to them God perswade Iapheth that hee may dwell in the tents of Sem and Canaan shall be a servant to them And Noe lived after the Flood three hundred yeeres and fifty yeeres And all the dayes of Noe were nine hundred yeeres and fifty yeeres and hee dyed Annotations BE fruitfull the blessing first given to Adam Gen. 1. 28. is here renewed in the same words and the Greeke hereto addeth and exercise dominion or sub due it which the Hebrew expresseth in Gen. 1. Here it is impyled in the verse following Vers. 2. shall be upon every beast or be it upon them This is that soverainty which Adam had over the creatures before his fall though not after the same manner for then the creatures were subject of their owne accord now of feare and by constraint And although many beasts rebel against men and destroy them especially for some great sinnes Lev. 26. 22. 1 King 13. 24. 2 King 2. 24. yet as the Apostle saith every nature of wild beasts and of birds and of creeping things and things in the Sea is tamed and hath beene tamed of the nature of man Iam. 3. 7. Vers. 3. moving or creeping thing that is living that is as the Greeke in the former verse translateth moving things which live whereby things that dye alone or are not lawfully killed seeme unto some to bee excepted as after in the Law such are plainly forbidden to be eaten Lev. 22. 8. Exod. 22. 31. So the law touching uncleane beasts fowles fishes c. mentioned in Lev. 11. seemeth not to be given as yet And this was the ancient Rabbines judgement as in Breshith rabba they say What is that which Psal. 145. 7. teacheth us saying The Lord looseth the bound All beasts which have beene forbidden as uncleane in this world God will clense and licence them in the world to come of the Messias Even as to the sonnes of Noe at the first they were cleane as it is written Gen. 9. 3. every moving thing that is living to you shall bee for meat as the greene herbe c. As the herbe is permitted unto all so all beasts shall be permitted unto all as the greene herbe given before for meat to man and beast Gen. 1. 29. 30. Vers. 4. with the soule or in the soule that is the life for so the soule often signifieth Iob 2. 6. Ioh. 10. 15. 17. the blood this declareth what the former meant in the soule that is the blood a reason whereof is shewed in the law Lev. 17. 11. for the soule or life of the flesh is in the blood and in vers 14. the soule of all slesh is the blood thereof So this law against eating flesh with the life or blood seemeth to be against cruelty not to eate any part while the creature is alive or the flesh not orderly mortified and clensed of the blood 1 Sam. 14. 32. 33. 34. and this the reason following doth confirm Also the Hebrew Doctors make this the seventh commandement given to the sons of Noe which all Nations were bound to keepe as there had bin sixe from Adams time Which they reckon thus The first against idolatry worship of starres images c. The second against blaspheming the name of God The third against shedding of blood The fourth against unjust carnall copulations whereof they make sixe sorts 1. with a mans own mother 2. or with his fathers wife 3. or with his neighbours wife 4. or with his sister by the mothers side 5. or with mankind 6. or with beasts Five of which they gather to bee forbidden by Gen. 2. 24. the other by Abrahams speech Gen. 20. 12. The fift precept was against rapine or robbery The sixt to have judgement or punishment for malefactors And unto Noe was added the seventh this here mentioned which they understād to forbid the eating of any mēber or of the flesh of a beast taken from it alive Whosoever in the world transgressed any of these seven commandements wilfully the Iewes held he was to be killed with the sword as sheweth Maimony in Misneh treat of Kings chap. 9. But the Heathens that would yeeld to obey these seven precepts though they received not circumcision nor observed the other ordinances given afterward to Israel they were suffered to dwell as strangers among the Israelites and to so journe in their land as is shewed after upon Exod. 12. 45. and Lev. 22. 10. Vers. 5. And surely your blood This the Greeke translateth For even your blood so making it a cause and reason of the former prohibition of your soules that is your life blood whereby your persons are kept alive Or of your soules that is of your selves meaning that whoso killeth himselfe God will require his blood at his owne hands and judge him as a murderer So the Iewes expound these words Maimony in Misn. tom 4. treat of Murder chap. 2. S. 3. require or seeke out and consequently punish as Gen. 42. 22. Hereupon God is called the requirer or seeker out of bloods Psalm 9. 13. and so the punisher For where Moses saith in Deut. 18. 19. I will require it of him Peter expoundeth it he shall be destroyed from among the people Act. 3. 23. every beast So God ordained in the law that the beast which killed a man should be put to death Exod. 21. 28. But the Iewes apply this against such men as procure their neighbours death by any wilde beast Maimony in the foresaid place of every mans brother this the Chaldee translateth of the man that shall shed his brothers blood By brother is meant any other man as the next verse sheweth for God made all man-kind of one blood Act. 17. 26. The Iew Doctors understand this of such as lend or hire another man to kill their neighbour Maimony ibidem Vers. 6. He that sheddeth c. meaning wilfully for he that killed his neighbour unawares his life was provided for by the law in Num. 35. 11. by man shall his blood be shed that is by the Magistrate whose power is here stablished for killing all wilfull murderers as the Chaldee expresseth it saying with witnesses by sentence of the Iudges shall his blood be shed This was one of the seven commandements given to the sonnes of Noe forementioned And this accordeth with the law Num. 35. 29. 30. but private men may not use the sword Mat. 26. 52 Rom. 73. 4. image of God and so the injury is not onely to man but to God him-selfe The image of God in men is defaced by sin but not wholly and mans nature having a soule spirituall vnderstanding immortall c. still remaineth wherein part of Gods image is yet to bee seene in man So the Apostle useth a like reason against the cursing of men Iam. 3. 9. And the law after commandeth that no satisfaction should bee taken for the life
Iehovah said unto her multiplying I will multiply thy seed and it shall not bee numbred for multitude And the Angell of Iehovah said unto her Behold thou art-withchilde and shalt beare a sonne and thou shalt call his name Ismael because Iehovah hath heard thy affliction And hee will be a man like a wild asse his hand will be against all and the hand of all against him and he shall dwell before the faces of all his brethren And she called the name of Iehovah that spake unto her Thou the God that seest me for she said haue I also here seene after him that seeth me Therefore the well was called Beer-lachai-roï behold it is betweene Kadesh and Bered And Hagar bare unto Abram a son and Abram called the name of his son which Hagar bare Ismael And Abram was fourescore yeeres and sixe yeeres old when Hagar bare Ismael to Abram Annotations H 〈…〉 or bond-maid seruant opposed to a free woman Ier. 34. 10 11. Gal. 4. 22. The Holy Ghost translateth it in Greek sometime Doulee a woman seruant Act. 2. 18. sometime Paidiskee a bondmaid Gal. 4. 22. This bond woman was of Egypt or Mizraim of the posteritie of Cham Gen. 10. 6. which Egypt is after called the house of seruants Exod. 10. 2. for holding Abrams seed in bondage Hagar in Greeke Agar by interpretation a Fugitive or repulsed stranger in the Arabian tongue And the Apostle saith that this Agar allegorically is mount Sinai in Arabia and is in bondage with her childre Ga. 4. 24. 25. where he maketh her a figure of the old Testament or covenant of the Law given on mount Sinai and of the earthly Ierusalem as Sarai the freewoman figured the Ierusalem which is above and the new Testament or covenant of the Gospell in Christ. Hagars posterity are called Hagarens or Hagarites in 1 Chro. 5. 10. where the Greeke translateth them Pariokous strangers Vers. 2. restrained the Greeke interpreteth closed me up according to that phrase of closing up the wombe Gen. 20. 18. contrary to which is the opening of the wombe Gen. 30. 22. God had promised a seed unto Abram Gen. 15. 4. but not expresly as yet unto Sarai wherefore doubting whether she should be the mother she motioneth another course which was not according to God for it violated the law of mariage Gen. 2. 24. but after the flesh Gal. 4. 23. goe in that is accompany with see Gen. 6. 4. it may be or peraduenture a speech not of faith but of uncertaine hope and likelihood after the flesh but Sarai her selfe had afterward a son by promise Gal. 4. 23. and the word of promise was In this same time will I come and Sarah shall have a son Rom. 9. 9. wherefore shee had a son by Agar but hee was no heyre Gen. 21. 10. so the Church hath had children by the Law but they were not heires of the Kingdome of God for the Law is not of faith neither are the heires or inheritance otherwise then by promise of grace in Christ Gal. 3. 12 14 18 22 29. bee builded that is shall have a son So the Greeke explaineth it and Moses in Deut. 25. 9. And in Hebrew ben a sonne is named of banah he builded So Rachel and Leah are said to build the house of Israel by bearing children Ruth 4. 11. and God promised a seed to David under the similitude of building him an house 2 Sam. 7. 11 12 27. Sarai reckoneth her maids children as her owne so by the Law bond servants children were their masters Exod. 21. 4. Rachel likewise counted her maids children as given to her selfe Gen. 30. 3 6 8. And among the heathens Plutarch sheweth how Stratonice the wife of King Deiotarus being barren gave secretly her mayd Electra unto her husband by whom shee had an heyre to the Crowne Vers. 3. end of ten yeres that is after hee had dwelt there ten yeres So Abram was now 85. yeres old and Sarai 75. Gen. 12. 4. and 17. 17. In the yeere of the world 2093. a wife to weet a secondary and not a full wife but a concubine Gen. 25. 6. So Ketura called a wife Gen. 25. 1. was but a concubine 1 Chron. 1. 32. what they differ is noted on Gen. 22. 23. despised or lightly set by the Greeke saith dishonoured This pride of Agar figured the like affection in the heart of those that put confidence in the works of the Law as was in the Pharisee Luk. 18. 10. 11. Rom. 10. 3. And it greatly disquieted Sarai for it is one of the foure things which the earth cannot beare that an handmaid should be heire to her mistresse Prou. 30. 21 23. Vers. 5. my wrong or my injurie which I suffer is upon thee that is thou art the cause of it So the Greeke expounds it I am injured of thee and the Chaldee I have a plea against thee as if Abraham faulted in suffring such misdemeanor Or my wrong be upon thee that is either right thou my wrong or beare the punishment thereof from God Thus it accordeth with the words following and so Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it my judgment and my abuse are delivered into thy hand judge or will judge if thou looke not to redresse it But the Greeke translates it prayer-wise the Lord judge The speech argueth her great passion as the like in Exod. 5. 21. Iudg. 11. 27. 1 Sam. 24. 13 16. Vers. 6. is in or be in thy hand that is in thy own power to correct her good that is pleasing as the Greeke translateth use her as pleaseth thee So in Gen. 45. 16. and often on the contrary evill in thy eyes is displeasing Gen. 28. 8. afflicted to humble her and abate her pride This seemeth to be by rough handling or stripes for a seruant will not be corrected by words Prov. 29. 19. shee fled as impatient of correction whereby she added sinne unto sinne for she should not have left her place Eccles. 10. 4. nor bereaved Abram of his child in her body therefore the Angell sendeth her home againe vers 9. But hereby the difference betweene the two mothers the Law and the Gospel was also figured Vers. 7. Angel so named of the Greeke Aggelos in Hebrew Maleac by interpretation a Messenger or Legate one sent and imployed in any worke whether of God or men And those sent of God were sometimes men as Haggai is called the Lords Angel or Messenger Hag. 1. 13. and Iohn the Baptist Mal. 3. 1. Mat. 11. 10. and generally the Lords Priests under the law Mal. 2. 7. and ministers under the gospel Rev. 1. 20. But in speciall Angels are those heauenly spirits and fierie flames that are wise 2 Sam. 14. 20. and excell in strength Psal. 103. 20. which are all ministring spirits sent forth in ministerie for them who shall bee heires of saluation Heb. 1. 7. 14. And here this Angel was sent for the good of Abrams family The Hebrew Doctors opinion of Angels is that
mortification and regeneration of nature The same word is applyed figuratively to other parts as to the lips of a stammerer which use superfluity in speaking Exod. 6. 30. and to the heart covered with a fat skinne Lev. 26. 41. Esay 6. 10. to the â—are stopped that it cannot heare Ier. 6. 10. And spiritually all sinne is signified by this superfluous foreskin as the Apostle mentioneth the superfluity of maliciousnesse to bee put away Iam. 1. 21. and the uncircumcision of our flesh is joyned with our estate dead in sinnes Col. 2. 13. The Hebrew Doctors also did thus understand it for the foreskinne of the heart in Ier. 4. 4. the Chaldee paraphrast there expoundeth the wickednesse of the heart and in Deut. 10. 16. the Greek interpreters translate it hardnesse of heart The uncircumcised eare in Ier. 6. 10. and heart in Lev. 26. 41. the Chaldee calleth foolish and uncircumcised persons in Ezekiel 28. 10. and 31. 18. are in the Chaldee wicked and sinners the superfluous foreskin signifieth the strength of uncleannesse saith R. Menachem on Gen. 17. And in speech of Adams sinne the Iewes have a proverb that the first man Adam drew over or gathered his superfluous-foreskin that is broke the covenant of his God and became a sinner R. Menachem on Gen. 3. Also when the word is applyed unto trees it signifieth the impuritie of the fruits which might not be eaten of Lev. 19. 23. and the Hebrew Doctors write that as Epicures and they that deny the Law of God the Resurrection of the dead the comming of the Redeemer and other such like so he that draweth over or gathereth his superfluous foreskin that is maketh him-selfe againe uncircumcised hath no part in the world to come that is in eternall life but shall bee cut-off and perish and be damned for their great wickednesse and sinne for ever and ever Maimony in Misn. treat of Repentance ch 3. S. 6. asigne or token which sheweth one thing to the eye another thing to the mind The Apostle calleth it also a seale Rom. 4. 11. which serveth for assurance of the thing signified And so the Hebrew Doctors use the phrase of sealing their off-spring with the signe of the holy covenant Maimony in Misn. treat of Circumcision ch 3. S. 3. And that they tooke not this for a carnall signe appeareth by their words in the booke called Zohar where treating upon this Section of the Law they say At what time a man is sealed with this holy seale of this signe of Circumcision thenceforth he seeth the holy blessed God properly and the holy soule is united with him If he be not worthy that he keepeth not this signe what is written By the breath of God they perish Iob 4. 9. for that this seale of the holy blessed God was not kept But if he be worthy and keepe it the holy Ghost is not separated from him Our Apostle openeth the mystery more heavenly whiles hee calleth the signe of circumcision a seale of the righteousnesse of faith Rom. 4. 11. and if thou be a transgressor of the Law thy circumcision is made uncircumcision Circumcision is that of the heart in the spirit not in the letter Rom. 2. 25. 29. Vers. 12. a son of eight dayes that is a man child of eight dayes old meaning in the 8 day Which time was so strict that if the eight day fell to bee the Sabbath yet they circumcised the child therein Ioh. 7. 22. And so it is in the Hebrew Canons Circumcision in the time thereof driveth away the Sabbath that is a man must omit the keeping of the Sabbath for to circumcise in due time Maimony treat of Circumcision ch 1. S. 9. God appointed the eighth day as the first convenient time For creatures new borne were counted as in their blood and unclean for seven dayes and in the eighthday they might be offered unto the Lord Levit. 22. 27. and so in mankind Levit. 12. 2. 3. The same number of dayes was observed in many other things as for the consecration of the Priests Levit. 8. 33. 35. and 9. 1. the clensing of Lepers Levit. 14. 8. 9. 10. and of persons with uncleane issues Lev. 15. 13. 14. the clensing of polluted Nazirites Num. 6. 9. 10. and for purifying the altar Ezek. 43. 26. 27. and sundry the like In all which as the Sabbath day ever came over their heads within that space which day was a signe of sanctification from the Lord Exod. 31. 13. so Christ ending all figures and resting the Sabbath day in the grave rose up from death the eighth day which was the first of the weeke following whose death was a full clensing of all our sinnes and his rising againe our justification Mark 16. 1. 2. 6. Rom. 4. 25. And in him are wee circumcised with the circumcision done without hands in putting off the body of the sins of the flesh by the circumcision of Christ being buried with him in Baptisme Col. 2. 11. 12. R. Menachem on Gen. 17. saith Circumcision was therefore done on the eighth day that the Sabbath might pass over it for there is no eighth day without a Sabbath shall be circumcised by the parents masters or Magistrates The Hebrew Doctors say the charge lyeth upon the father to circumcise his sonne and upon the master to circumcise his servants borne in the house or bought with money If the father or master transgresse and circumcise them not c. then the Iudges are commanded to circumcise him whether it be son or servant in due time that there be no uncircumcised left in Israel nor among their servants If the thing bee hidden from the Iudges and they circumcise him not when he is wexen great he is bound to circumcise him-selfe And every day that passeth over him after he is wexen great and he circumciseth not himselfe loe hee breaketh the commandement Maimony treat of Circumcis ch 1. S. 1. 2. male who had by nature that foreskin of the flesh to be cut off the females wanting it were not to keep this rite though they were as well as men within the covenant of grace in Christ Gal. 3. 28. and therefore baptisme the signe of the covenant now under the Gospell which is come in place of Circumcision Col. 2. 11. 12. is given both to men and women Act. 8. 12. Moreover the woman is comprehended under the man as her head 1 Cor. 11. 3. who onely had this signe in his flesh with effusion of blood which alwaies had respect unto and accomplishment in the blood of Christ figured by the male Heb. 9. 22. 23. 24. Here also the Hebrewes write that a child who is borne as if he were circumcised without a foreskin the blood of the covenant must bee made to drop from him in the eighth day A child that is both male and female must also be circumcised the eighth day Likewise if any be cut out of the side of his mothers body And who so hath two
the good of Israel I have seene for vengeance upon those that oppresse them In this sense Zacharie said at his death The Lord see it and require it 2 Chron. 24. 22. their taskemasters or his taskmaster speaking of the people as of one man see the notes on Gen. 22. 17. Taskmasters here properly are Exactors and is generally used for such as require and exact either money as in 2 King 23. 35. or any debt Deut. 15. 2. or otherwise doe oppresse any Esa. 53. 7. Here the Greeke translateth it workmasters the Chaldee rulers They figured spirituall tyrants also from whom will deliver his people Esa. 9. 4. and 14. 2. and 60. 17. Vers. 8. am come downe to wit in this vision as the Chaldee translateth I doe appeare or am revealed See Gen. 11. 5. them Hebr. him that is the people The Greeke translateth it them so doth the Holy Ghost in Act. 7. 34. the hand that is the power and dominion as Gen. 16. 6. and 32. 11. So Christ came to deliver us out of the hands of our enemies Luk. 1. 74. whereof this now was a type milke and honey under which all other blessings are comprehended there was no lacke of any thing Deut. 8. 7. 8. 9. Of this country see the notes on Gen. 12. 5. and as the land figured out a heavenly country so milke and honey signified spirituall blessings in Christ Song 4. 11. Psal. 19. 11. Esa. 55. 1. 1 Pet. 2. 2. This praise of the land is often mentioned by this phrase as in Exod. 13. 5. and 33. 3. Lev. 20. 24. Deut. 6. 3. and 11. 9. Ios. 5. 6. Ier. 11. 5. Ezek. 20. 6. And the Israelites upon the first view acknowledged it so to be Num. 13. â—â— and yeerely professed the same by Gods co 〈…〉 nt Deut. 26. 9. 15. Yet the rebellious despised it and called Egypt a land that floweth with milke and honey Num. 16. 13. 14. Canaanite that is as the Greeke and Chaldee translate Canaanites Chethites c. See Gen. 10. 16. and 15. 20. So after verse 17. Vers. 10. send thee The secret inspiration which Moses had before from God Exod. 2. 11. Acts 7. 25. is here become an open calling and full commission and hee whom the Israelites had refused saying who made thee a ruler and a judge the same did God send to be a ruler and deliverer by the hand of the Angel which appeared to him in the bramble-bush Act. 7. 35. This sending of Moses is also mentioned as a mercie of God Psal. 105. 26. Mich. 6. 4. Hos. 12. 13. unto Pharaoh the Greeke addeth king of Egypt in Act. 7. 34. it is I will send thee into Egypt bring thou in Greeke thou shalt bring See the notes on Gen. 20. 7. Vers. 12. Certainly or Because I will be the Chaldee saith because my word shall be thine helpe this the present apparition of my glory in the bush which thou seest or this that followeth ye shall serve God at this mount The first was a signe to st engthen Moses in his businesse with Pharaoh Exod. 5. 22. 23. the latter to confirme him against the many rebellions of Israel mentioned in Num. 11. 10. 11. 14. 15. Deut. 9. 22. 23. 24. at this or by this mount This was fulfilled when at mount Sinai the law being given the tabernacle was made and sacrifice and other service performed unto God Exod. 19. and 25. c. which being a mount in the wildernesse in Arabia the worshippers children thereof were in bondage as was Agar and figured the old Testament and those under the same by Moses law Gal. 4. 24. 25. Now wee by Christ are not come thither but unto mount Sion where all the house of Israel and all in the land are to serve the Lord Heb. 12. 18. 22. Ezek. 20. 40. Rev. 14. 1. Vers. 13. what is his name This may imply after what manner and to what end God had now appeared whether for mercie or judgement For God by names manifesteth his workes as after appeareth in Exod. 6. 3. So the Hebrews teach in Elle shemoth rabba upon this place that when God judgeth his creatures hee is called Elohim God when he warreth against the wicked hee is called Sabaoth Lord of hosts when he doth mercie unto the world he is called Iehovah as in Exod. 34. 6. Iehovah Iehovah God mercifull and gracious Vers. 14. I am that I am The Hebrew Ehjeh asher ehjeh properly signifieth I will bee that I will be the Greek translateth I am he that Is. And God is called He that Is that was and that will bee Rev. 16. 5. where this name Ehjeh is opened as also the name Iehovah whereof see Gen. 2. 4. Exod. 6. 3. It implieth Gods eternall and unchangeable Being in himselfe before whom all nations are as nothing Esa. 40. 17. and the constant performing of all his words to be now and for ever that which he was before to Abraham Isaak and Iakob verse 15. So Iesus Christ yesterday and to day the same and for ever Heb. 13. 8. The Rabbines doe thus also explaine this name in Elle shemoth rabba upon this text The blessed God said â—â—to Moses say 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 have beene and I the same now and I the same 〈◊〉 time to come c. I 〈◊〉 or I will be hath sent c. The Chaldee paraphrase called Ionathans giveth both expositions I â—e that was and hereafter will be hath sent me unto you Vers. 15. my memoriall or the memoriall of mee that whereby I will be remembred and mentioned alwaies To this the Prophets referre us as in Hos. 12. 5. Iehovah God of hosts Iehovah is his memoriall and Iehovah thy name is for ever Iehovah thy memoriall is to generation and generation Ps. 135. 13. and 102. 13. and generation or of generation that is all generations or ages The Chaldee supplieth the word and as the Hebrew elsewhere doth in Psal. 135. 13. saying to every generation and generation Vers. 16. Elders or Senatours in Greeke the senate such were not onely aged men but teachers and governours of the people as among other nations See Gen. 50. 7. By the Elders things were orderly communicated with the multitude as Exod 12. 3. 21. and 19. 3. 7. visiting the Greeke translateth with visitation that is surely or carefully visited and that in mercy as Gen. 21. 1. Albeit from the word twise repeated some of the Hebrewes gather a visitation in mercy concerning Israel and a visitation in judgment concerning the Egyptians for their afflicting of Israel as was promised in Gen. 15. 14. R. Menachem on Exod. 3. Vers. 17. Egypt or the Egyptians as vers 8. and as the Greeke translateth here Canaanite that is Canaanites Chethites c. See verse 8. Vers. 18. met with us that is appeared unto us and so called and commanded us to offer him sacrifice Men are said to meet with God by praier and hee to meet them by appearing and speaking unto
Israel every yeere Lev. 23. 42. 43. about 600000 not afeeble person among them Psal. 105. 37. Thus the blessing of God in multiplying Israel was fulfilled Gen. 15. 5. and 46. 3. The word about or as it were is not of doubt or uncertaintie but often affirmeth a thing fully and certainly as is said of the Prophets about 400. men 1 King 22. 6. which another expoundeth Prop 〈…〉 s 400 men 2 Chron. 18. 5. Vers. 38. mixed people Egyptians and other nations the Chaldee saith many strangers who were moved by Gods works shewed in Egypt to goe out with Israel These afterward fell a lusting and turned away Numb 11. 4. great Hebrew weightie possession see the notes on Gen. 13. 2. Ver. 39. thrust out as was foretold of God Exodus 6. 1. A yeerely remembrance of this their manner of leaving Egypt was by the feast of unlevened cakes Deut. 16. 3. Vers. 40. dwelling or peregrination that is 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ng as strangers for so the Greek translateth and the Apostle confirmeth 〈◊〉 Act. 13. 17. So in Exod. 〈◊〉 15. Also Abraham was said to dwell in Canaan Gen. 13. 12. who yet did but sojourne there as in a strange country Heb. 11. 9. And his dwelling is implyed also here sonnes of Israel these were sojourners with Abram in Canaan in such sense as Lovely and tithes there being yet in the loynes of his father Heb. 7. 9. 10. For thinges done by the fathers doe concerne the children see Psalm 66. 6. Hos. 12. 4. Amos 5. 25. 26. 27. dwelt as strangers that is sojourned in Egypt to which the Gr. addeth and in the land of Cannaan they and their fathers which addition is according to the true sense 430. yeeres These could not be all in Egypt but must be understood of dwelling also in Canaan and Mesopotamia for Kohath sonne of Levi was one that came first into Egypt Gen. 46. 8. 11. helived but 133. yeeres Exod. 6. 18. Amram his sonne the father of Moses lived 〈◊〉 37. yeeres Exod. 6. 20. Moses was but 80. yeeres old when he spake unto Pharaoh for the release of Israel Exod. 7. 7. and after 40. yeeres travell in the wildernesse he died 120. yeers old Deut. 34. 7. so that their dwelling in Egypt was far short of 430. yeers and must needs imply their fathers dwelling also in Canaan even from the promise given to Abraham Gen. 12. 1. 3. 4. 5. And this the Greeke version manifesteth and the Apostle confirmeth when he saith that the Law was 430 yeeres after the covenant that was confirmed before of God in Christ with Abraham Gen. 3. 16. 17. Vers. 41. selfe same Hebrew the body or strength of that day as Gen. 17. 23. The Iew Doctors gathered from this that God brought Israel forth at mid day as hee slew the first-borne of Egypt at mid-night Pirkei R. Eliezer chap. 48. And Moses saith it was with an high hand in the sight of all the Egyptians Numb 33. 3. But for the beginning of their rising up to goe their journey they are said to be brought forth by night Deut. 16. 1. with Num. 3â— 30 armies or hosts meaning the tribes of Israel no. see Exod. 6. 26. Vers. 42. of observations that is to bee much and carefully observed of the people Vers. 43. the statute or ordinance in Greeke the law strangers sonne that is paynim or gentile See Gen. 17. 12. This is meant whiles he continued in his unbeleefe as appeareth by vers 48. and so by proportion forbiddeth all such as should forsake the faith and the Chaldee paraphrast translateth it no sonne of Israel that is apostate or falâ—e the faith shall eate of it So David calleth the persecuting Iewes strangers Psal. 54. 5. and heathens Psal. 59. 6. Also by the Iewes ancient canons it 〈◊〉 let the Passeover bee eaten of any Apostata that changed his true religion or any idols 〈◊〉 or forâ—euer or hired servant Maimony in Korban Pesach ch 9. S. 7. And for uncleane persons it be law forbiddeth such Numb 5. 2. 3. and 9. 6. and â—9 â—3 Verse 44 height for Hebrew the purchase of silver that is of money or for any price Compare 〈…〉 sse lae of circumcision Gen. 17. 12. 13. 〈…〉 shall eate 〈◊〉 his voluntary entring 〈…〉 with Israel and doe time for his cleansing which by proportion with the law Numb 19. 11. was to bee seven daies And so the Iewes observed for any stranger that became a proselyte on the 14. day of the first moneth and was then circumcised and baptised yet they killed not the pascha for him because he might not eate of it at evening for he was as one comming out of the grave having been as Paul saith dead in trespasses and sinnes Ephes. 2. 1. and hee must abide seven dayes and afterward be cleane Maimony in Korban Pesach chap. 6. S. 7. Compare also herewith Num. 31. 19. 24. Ios. 6. 23. Vers. 45. forreiner or sojourner as Gen. 23. 4. one that dwelleth in the land but not his owne that hireth his house or is an in-mate so differing from a stranger who dwelt in another countrey no such nor hired person might eate Such forreiners leaving the worship of idols and other heathenish practises though not circumcised nor joyned to the Church might dwell in the land of Israel even in Priests houses but were restrained from the holy things see Lev. 22. 10. and 25. 6. 45. 47. Such a stranger the Iewes called Ger to shab a so journer among them or a stranger within their gates as Moses speaketh Deut. 14. 21. and he was to submit unto the seven commandements given unto the sonnes of Noe whereof see the notes on Gen. 9. 4. not eat and so by proportion not have communion with the other rites as sprinkling of the blood and the like unlesse he were circumcised ver 48. So the Iewes explained this law If they kill the Passeover for persons circumcised and sprinkle the blood in the name of the circumcised and uncircumcised it is unallowable or abominable for the sprinkling is a weighty matter for it is the roote the principall of the sacrifice Maimony in Korban Pesach ch 2. S. 6. Vers. 46. one house in the same house or roome which the Chaldee translateth in one societie The Iew Doctors explaine it thus Who so eateth of the pasche may not eat but in one societie or in the same company neither may they carie ought thereof out of the societie wherein they eat And the flesh of the Passeover that is caried out of the society whether presumptuously or ignorantly is unlawfull to be eaten c. but must be burnt Also two societies that eat in one house must each make them a signe of distinction c. and the one company must turne their faces togetherward and the other company must turne their faces together ward and eat so that they appeare not mixed Maimony in Korban Pesach ch 9. S. 1. 2. 3. abroad or out which the Iewes as
able to content every mans 〈◊〉 and a 〈◊〉 to every taste Wisd. 16. 20. Others at the 〈◊〉 Greeke interpreters Philo. 〈◊〉 2. 〈…〉 of the Law 〈◊〉 Solomon c. and others 〈◊〉 it What is this because as Moses saith they know not what it was The Manna whereof Galen and other Physitians write and which at this day is used for medicine not for meat differeth in many things from this Manna which God gave unto Israel every day the space of 40 yeeres till they came into the land of Canaan Ios. 5. 12. God by it both fed their bodies and soules teaching them hereby that man liveth not by bread onely but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord Deut. 8. 3. and it was a spirituall meat 1 Cor. 1. 30. and a figure of Christ the true Bread whom the Father hath given us from heaven Ioh. 6. 31. 32. 48. 49. 51. and of the spirituall comforts which Christ filleth his people with Reve. 2. 17. And so the Iewes though now ignorant of this grace have heretofore acknowledged it to bee a figure of the food of just men in the world to come R. Isaak on Gen. 1. and R Menachem on Exodus 16. See more in Num. 11. 7. 8. Psal. 78. 23. 25. Vers. 16. an Omer or Gomer as the Greeke calleth it Gomer the tenth part of an Epha or bushell see verse 36. an head or skull poll that is for a person the head being put for the whole man So in Exod. 38. 26. Vers. 17. both he that did gather more or some did gather more and some lesse but the former exposition the Greeke followeth here and in the 18. verse which the Apostle also approveth 2 Corinthians 8. 15. Vers. 18. nothing over to wit besides an Omer full for a man according to the number of persons in his familie and so there was an equality both for poore and rich and hereupon the Apostle gathereth a reason to perswade unto liberality and communication of Gods blessings one with another 2 Cor. 8. 14. 15. It figured also the equall portion which all sorts of beleevers have in Christ our heavenly Manna Gal. 3. 28. 29. 2 Pet. 1. 1. Vers. 20. it bred Hebr. wormed wormes that is bred abundantly or crawled full of wormes This miraculous judgment God sheweth for their unbeleefe curiositie and disobedience and taught them to be contented with things present without covetous caring for the morrow as Heb. 13. 5. Matthew 6. 31. 34. Compare also the law of the Passover whereof nothing might be left till the morning Exod. 12. 10. Iesus said unto the Iewes Moses gave you not the bread from heaven but my Father giveth you the true Bread from heaven Ioh. 6. 32. so Manna was but a shadow and figure which when the truth is come by Christ is as all other shadowes become vaine and unprofitable to the corruption and hurt of those that retaine them Col. 2. 16. 17. Gal. 4. 9. 10. 11. Heb. 13. 10. Vers. 21. and when or for when the Sunne waxed hot and so heated the Manna it melted therefore they were to gather it in the morning whereby God taught them diligence to provide for the food of their bodies and soules whiles they had time and meanes Compare Pro. 10. 4. 5. and 6. 6. 8. Ioh 12. 35. Gal. 6. 10. The like here followeth for no Manna to bee found on the Sabbath day verse 25. 26. Verse 23. sabbatisme that is rest or cessation but 〈…〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 at h is retained by the 〈…〉 in 〈◊〉 Sabb 〈…〉 Matth. 12. 5. 8. so the Hebrew Shaâ—batâ—â—â— here used is by the Apostle Sabbatismos 〈◊〉 sabbatisme in Heb. 4. 9. by interpretation a Rest whereof see Gen. 2. 2. Hereby it appeareth that the keeping of the Sabbath was before the Law given at mount Sinai Ex. 20. of 〈◊〉 that is an holy Sabbath both these joyned together signifie an exact and carefull rest So Exod. 35. 2. Levit. 23. 3. for a reservation that is to be reserved or kept so in vers 32. 33. 34. Verse 〈◊〉 that to day as they that laboured in the sixt day had what to eat on the Sabbath so they that in this life whiles God giveth time to worke doe labour in Christ shall have in the life to come the fruition of their labours with eternall rest in heaven Ioh. 6. 27. 29. 58. Gal. 6. 7. â—0 Vers. 26. there shall be none This life and world is the time and place of working the world to come is for reward when it will be too late to seeke for Manna if we have gathered none before Matth. 25. 8 9. 10. And thus the Hebrewes of old understood this figure saying As in the sixe daies a man must prepare for the Sabbath both in respect of food and of worke so if a man prepare not aright his workes in this world he shall have nothing to eat in the world to come Againe they say The Sabbath in it there shall be none Exod. 16. this signifieth the world which shall bee all Sabbath for there shall bee there no doing of the Law but receiving of reward as our Doctors of blessed memory have explained it Who so laboureth in the evening of the Sabbath he shall eat in the Sabbath R. Elias in Sepher reshith chochmah treat of Holinesse cap. 2. foliâ— 194 b. V. 29. Out of his place The Sabbath was sanctified with an holy convocation or assembling of the people in Synagogues Lev. 23. 3. Act. 15. 21. This place therefore whereto God restraineth them was not their private tents but the camp of Israel out of which they might not goe on the Sabbath From hence the Hebrewes gathered a generall prohibition of going out of towne on such dayes and held it unlawfull to travell beyond the suburbs of any citie which suburbs they set to be two thousand cubits from the Law in Num. 35. 5. and a like space was betweene the Arke of God and the people at their passage over Iordan Ios. 3. 4. The Chaldee paraphrase on Ruth 1. 16. in the Masorites Bible saith Naomi said unto Ruth we are commanded to keep the Sabbaths good daies that is feasts not to goe above two thousand cubits The like measure is set in the 〈◊〉 Thalmud in Eurobin c. 4. And R. D. Kimchi â—n his annotatioÌ„s on Eze. 48. 7. saith two thousand cubits are a mile meaning an Italian or English mile Hereupon in the Apostles dayes the speech was common of a Sabbath dayes journey and so farre Mount Oliver was from Ierusalem Acts 1. 12. where the Syriak explaineth it almost seven furlongs In the Hebrewes canons it is said Who so goeth out of the limits of a citie on the Sabbath day is to be beaten for it is said Let no man goe out of his place in the seventh day Ex. 16. 29. this place is the limits of the time c. By the doctrine of the Scribes no man may goe out of
thee I wil blesse thee And if thou wilt make unto me an altar of stones thou shalt not build them of hewen stones for if thou lift up thy toole upon it thou hast polluted it And thou shalt not goe up by steps unto mine altar that thy nakednesse be not discovered thereon Annotations GOd spake The Law was given by the ministerie of Angells Hebr. 2. 2. Act. 7. 53. out of the midst of fire cloud and darknesse with a great voice which shooke the earth Deut. 4. 22. Heb. 12. 26. all these words these tenne Commandements following and he added no moe Deut. 5. 22. wherefore they are called the ten Words Ex. 34. 28. that is the ten Commandements as the Word of God Marke 7. 13. is the commandement of God Matth. 15. 6. See the notes on Exod. 34. 28. The Apostle calleth the Law the voice of words Heb. 12. 19. Vers. 2. I Iehovah understand I am Iehovah as the Greeke explaineth it or I Iehovah am thy God The words I Iehovah note the unity of the God-head as elsewhere he saith Iehovah our God Iehovah is one Deut. 6. 4. what the name signifieth is noted on Gen. 2. 4. Exod. 6. 3. thy God though he is so by creating us yet here he specially intendeth the covenant of grace made with his people whereby they are blessed that have Iehovah for their God Psalm 33. 12. From hence ariseth his authority to command and this is a reason of our obedience because he is Iehovah and our God therefore as it is here prefixed to the first commandement so is it annexed to the rest as to the second in Lev. 19. 4. 31. to the third in Lev. 19. 12. to the fourth in Lev. 19. 3. 30. to the fift in Lev. 19. 3. 32. to the sixt in Lev. 19. 16. to the seventh in Lev. 18. 6. c. to the eighth in Lev. 19. 11. 12. to the ninth in Lev. 19. 16. and generally to all the commandements Lev. 18. 5. and 19. 37. of servants the Greeke and Chaldee saith of servitude or bondage see Exod. 13. 3. Egypt was a furnace of iron Deut. 4. 20. a figure of our spirituall bondage and misery under Satan and the deliverance from it figured our salvation by Christ Coloss. 1. 13. Luke 1. 71 74. 79. Acts 26. 18. from these graces are forcible arguments to perswade us to faith and obedience Ye are my witnesses saith Iehovah c. that ye may know and beleeve me and understand that I am â—e I I am Iehovah and beside me there is no Saviour I have declared and have saved Esay 43. 10. 11. 12. I am Iehovah thy God the Holy one of Israel thy Saviour I gave Egypt for thy ransome c. Esay 43. 3. Vers. 3. Thou shalt not have or There shall not be to thee but this Hebrew phrase the Holy Ghost changeth into another equivalent as There is not to us Luke 9. 13. that is We have not Matth. 14. 17 This and most of the other precepts are prohibitions forbidding the evill expresly commanding the contrary good inclusively for wee must both 〈◊〉 evill and doe good Psalme 34. 15. But Gods forbode bindeth most strictly and alwayes and we are borne in evill and are prone unto it rather then to good and are therefore called by these commandements from all corruption unto the integrity wherein God first created us other gods the Chaldee explaineth it singularly other god and so the Scripture also expresseth it in Exod. 34. 14. Psal. 81. 10. For Is there a god beside me saith the Lord Esay 44. 8. There is none other god but one though there bee many that are called gods 1 Cor. 8. 4. 5. unto whom the vaine heart of man falsly attributeth deity for whatsoever the Gentiles sacrificed was unto devils and not to god 1 Cor. 10. 20. Levit. 17. 7. Deut. 32. 17. And the gods that have not made the heavens and the earth they shall perish from the earth and from under these heavens Ier. 10. 11. Hereby on the contrary wee are commanded to have Iehovah for our God which is to know him and to serve him with a perfect heart and with a willing mind 1 Chron. 28. 9. to love him with all the heart and with all the soule and with all our might Deut. 6. 4. 5. to feare beleeve honour obey and cleave unto him Deuter. 6. 13. 2 Chron. 20. 20. Psal. 22. 24. 1 Sam. 15. 22. Deut. 11 22. before my face or against my face that is against or before mee the Greeke and Chaldee translate it but me After in verse 23. Moses saith with me It implyeth also all time and place as before the Sunne Psal. 72. 17. is so long as the Sunne endureth so here before me is so long as I am for ever and ever And all place as Whither shall I flee from thy face or presence Psal. 139. 7. Therefore also the face or presence of God is here mentioned because he beholdeth the secrets of the heart Psal. 44. 21. 22. and 139. 23. 24. and the Law and so every precept is spirituall Rom. 7. 14. and bindeth the whole man body soule and spirit the underdanding the will and the effects of them both for ever Vers 4 Thou shalt not make As the former precept forbade all feigned gods so this forbids all feigned service whether it be to the true God or any other and commandeth to worship God in spirit and truth Iohn 4. 24. In the Chaldee paraphrase called Ionathans this is expresly said to bee the second Commandement and such is the generall opinion of the Iew Doctors as Philo in exposit Decalogi Iosephus antiq l. 3. and others yet some now would make this but a part of the first Commandement So the Sabbath is by him and other ancient Rabbines called the fourth precept as is observed on Gen 49. 12. which by the others account must be the third Making here meaneth not onely with the hand but with the heart or imagination for we ought not to thinke that the godhead is like unto gold c. Act. 17. 29. And to worship the Sunne or Moone or any creature is to make an Idoll of it Deut. 4. 17. 19. unto thee to or for thy selfe to wit without commandement from God for by his commandement Moses made the Cherubims in the sanctuary Exod. 25. 18. and the brazen Serpent in the wildernesse Num. 21. 8. And this forbiddeth not all images of creatures for civil use which are allowable Matth. 22. 20. but for religious So the Law explaineth it as ye shall not set up any image of stone in your land to bow downe unto it Levit. 26. 1. and the Prophets phrase of Images which ye made unto you Amos 5. 26. is expounded thus which ye made to worship them Acts 7. 43. But to make any image of the invisible God is altogether unlawfull and unpossible Deut. 4. 12. 15. Esay 40. 18. Rom. 1 22. 23. And by this for thy selfe
they should eate and drinke at his table in his kingdome Luk. 22. 30. Verse 12. bee there that is continue there So 1 Tim. 4. 15 in these things be thou that is continue and give thy selfe unto them So in Ruth 1. 2. Esay 66. 2. Psalme 64. 8. commandement in Greeke commandements But Moses often useth this word sigularly though he speaketh of the Law in generall So the Apostle also 2 Peter 2. 21. and 3. 2. to teach to instruct or confirme in the Law To this word the Apostle following the Gr. version hath reference when he saith the Israelites had the giving of the Law Rom. 9. 4. and the people received or were taught the Law Heb. 7. 11. and the covenant established or taught upon better promises Heb. 8. 6. So that the word implieth a full information and constitution of them their common wealth by the Law Herein the Iewes did glorie Rom. 2. 17. 18. Vers. 13. Ioshua in Greek Iesus see Exod. 17. 9. of God that is as the Chaldee translateth on which the glorie of God was revealed See v. 16. Vers. 14. Sit that is Abide or Tary as the Chaldee translateth the Greeke saith be quiet Hur of him see Exod. 17. 10. hath matters to doe or hath words to speake that is hath any question or controversie So the Gr. and Chaldee translate it Iudgment or controversie The Hebr. phrase is who so is a master of words or of matters Vers. 15. a cloud the signe of Gods presence though with terror and obscuritie 2 Chron. 6. 1. Heb. 12. 18. See also Exod. 19. 9. Verse 16. dwelt the Greeke expoundeth it came downe upon the mount six daies to prepare Moses for to receive the Lawes as before he had done the people three daies Ex. 19. 10. 11. In six daies God made the world and the seventh he rested Gen. 2. the same number is here at the giving of the Law wherein God shewed as great wisdome as in the making of the world Psal. 19. Vers. 17. devouring or consuming fire in Greek flaming fire this was for a terror to the transgressors of his Law Deut. 4. 24. and hee is no lesse fearfull under the Gospell Heb 12. 28. 29. Vers. 18. fortie dayes during which time he did nâ—ther eat bread nor drinke water Deuter. 9. 9. The like number of daies Elias fasted 1 King 19. 8. and Christ when hee was to enter upon the ministery of the Gospell Matt. 4. 2. CHAP. XXV 1 The Lord by Moses teacheth Israel what things they should willingly offer for the making of a Sanctuarie that he might dwell amongst them 10 The matter and forme of the Arke 17 The Covering-mercy-feat thereof with the Cherubims 23 The Table for the Shewbread with the furniture thereof 31 The golden Candlesticke with the parts and instruments thereof 40 All things must bee made according to the patterne shewed in the mount 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 AND Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto the sons of Israel let them take for me an offering of every man whose heart shall make him willing ye shall take my offring And this is the offering which ye shall take of them gold and silver and brasse And blew and purple and scarlet and fine linnen and goats haire And Ram skins died red and Tachash skins and Shittim wood Oile for the light spices for anointing oile and for incense of sweet spices Beryl stones filling stones for the Ephod and for the Brest plate And let theÌ„ make for me a Sanctuary and I will dwell amongst them According to all that I will shew thee the patterne of the Tabernacle and the pattern of all the instruments thereof even so shall yee make them And they shall make an Arke of Shittim wood two cubits and an halfe shall be the length therof and a cubit and a halfe the bredth thereof a cubit and an halfe the height thereof And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold within and without shalt thou-overlay it and thou shalt make upon it a crown of gold round about And thou shalt cast for it four rings of gold and shalt put them in the foure corners thereof and two rings shal be in the one side of it and two rings in the second side And thou shalt make bars of Shittim wood and shalt overlay them with gold And thou shalt put the bars into the rings by the sides of the Ark to bear the Ark with them In the rings of the Arke shall the bars be they shall not be removed from it And thou shalt put into the Arke the Testimonie which I shall give 〈◊〉 thee And thou shalt make a Covering-mercy-seat of pure gold two cubits and an halfe shal be the length therof and a cubit an halfe the bredth thereof And thou shalt make two Cherubims of gold of beaten worke shalt thou make them at the two ends of the Covering-mercy-seat And make thou one Cherub on the one end and oâ—â— Cherub on the other end of the Covering-mercy-seat shal ye make the Cherubims oâ— the two ends thereof And the Chrubiâ—e shall stretch forth the wings on high covering with their wings over the Covering-mercy-seat and their faces shall be one to another towards the Covering-mercy-seat shall the faces of the Cherubims bee And thou shalt put the Covering-mercy-seat uâ— on the Arke above in the Arke thou shaâ—â— put the Testimonie which I shall give unto thee And I will meet with thee there and I will speake with thee from above the Covering-mercy-seat from betweene the two Cherubims which are upon the Arke of the Testimony all things which I will comm 〈…〉 thee unto the sons of Israel And thou sha 〈…〉 make a Table of Shittim wood two cub 〈…〉 shall bee the length thereof and a cubit the bredth thereof and a cubit and an halfe the height thereof And thou shalt overlay 〈…〉 with pure gold and shalt make thereo 〈…〉 crowne of gold round about And thou sha 〈…〉 make unto it a border of an hand bred 〈…〉 round about and thou shalt make a crowne of gold to the border thereof round abovâ— And thou shalt make for it foure rings of gold and shalt put the rings in the four corners which are on the foure feet thereof Over-against the border shall the rings be 〈◊〉 places for the bars to beare the table And thou shalt make the barres of Shittim wood and shalt overlay them with gold and the table shall be borne with them And th 〈…〉 shalt make the dishes thereof and the cu 〈…〉 thereof and the covers therof the bow 〈…〉 thereof which shall be to cover withall 〈◊〉 pure gold shalt thou make them And th 〈…〉 shalt set upon the Table Shewbread bef 〈…〉 me continually And thou shalt make a Câ—â—dlesticke of pure gold of beaten worke 〈◊〉 the Candlesticke be made his shaft and 〈◊〉 branch his bowles his knops and 〈◊〉 flowers shall bee of the same And 〈◊〉 branches comming out
the worke of the service of the Sanctuary to make it and they brought yet unto him a willingoffring every morning And all the wise men that made all the worke of the Sanctuary came every man from his worke which they made And they said unto Moses saying The people bring much more then enough for the service of the worke which Iehovah commanded to make And Moses commanded and they caused a voice to passe throughout the campe saying Let neither man nor woman make any-more worke for the offring of the Sanctuary and the people were restrained from bringing And the worke was enough for them for all the worke to make the same and to be overplus Then made they even every wise hearted among them that did the worke the Tabernacle of ten curtaines of fine-linnen twined and blew and purple and scarlet with Cherubims the worke of a cunning workman made he them The length of one curtaine was eight and twenty cubits and the bredth foure cubits of one curtaine one measure was for all the curtaines And hee coupled-together five curtaines one to another and five curtaines he coupled-together one to another And he made loops of blew upon the edge of the one curtaine from the selvedge in the coupling likewise he made in the utmost edge of the curtaine in the second coupling Fifty loopes made hee in the one curtaine and fifty loopes made he in the selvedge of the curtaine which was in the second coupling the loops being one right over against another And he made fifty taches of gold and coupled-together the curtaines one to another with the taches and it was one Tabernacle And he made curtaines of Goates hayre for a Tent over the Tabernacle eleven curtaines he made them The length of one curtaine was thirty cubits and foure cubits the bredth of one curtaine one measure was for the eleven curtaines And hee coupled-together five curtaines by themselves and sixe curtaines by themselves And hee made fifty loopes on the edge of the one curtaine the outmost in the coupling and fifty loopes made hee on the edge of the curtaine of the second coupling And hee made fifty taches of brasse to couple-together the Tent for to be one And he made a covering for the Tent of Rammes skins dyed-red and a covering of Tachash skins above And he made boards for the Tabernacle of Shittim wood standing-up Ten cubits was the length of a board and a cubit and halfe a cubit the bredth of one board Two Tenons for one board set in order one against another so did he make for all the boards of the Tabernacle And he made the boards for the Tabernacle twenty boards for the South side southward And forty sockets of silver hee made under the twenty boards two sockets under one board for his two tenons and two sockets under another board for his two tenons And for the second side of the Tabernacle on the North side he made twenty boards And their forty sockets of silver two sockets under one board and two sockets under another board And for the sides of the Tabernacle seaward hee made sixe boards And two boards made he for the corners of the Tabernacle in the two sides And they were equally joyned beneath and likewise they were perfectly-joyned at the head of it unto one ring so did he for them both for the two corners And they were eight boards and their sockets of silver sixteone sockets two sockets two sockets under one board And he made bars of Shittim wood five for the boards of the one side of the Tabernacle And five barres for the boards of the second side of the Tabernacle and five barres for the boards of the Tabernacle for the two-sides Seaward And hee made the middle bar to reach in the midst of the boards from end to end And hee overlayd the boards with gold made their rings of gold places for the bars and overlaid the bars with gold And he made a veile of blew and purple and scarlet and fine-linnen twined the work of a cunning-workman made he it with Cherubims And he made thereunto foure pillars of Shittim and overlayd them with gold their hookes were of gold and he cast for them foure sockets of silver And he made an hanging-veile for the doore of the Tent of blew and purple and scarlet and fine-linnen twined the worke of the embroiderer And the five pillars of it and their hookes and he overlayd their chapiters and their fillets with gold and their five sockets were of brasse Annotations THen did or Then made Bezaleel c. that is began to doe or to worke Some referre this to the end of the former Chapter and translate And Bezaleel shall doe c. which interpretation the Hebrew well beareth But the Greeke translateth And Beseleel did Vers. 2. And Moses or For Moses had called As they had gifts of wisedome from God so were they also to have a calling unto the worke as Aaron had unto the priesthood Lev. 8. Heb. 54. Vers. 3. they tooke from before Moses so the Chaldee also translates it the Greeke they received of Moses every morning Hebr. in the morning in the morning So in v. 4. man man that is every man This noteth their zeale and diligence for so the morning often signifieth Psal. 5. 4. and 101. 8. Esay 50. 4. Ier. 21. 12. Vers. 4. wise that is skilfull men In this sense Paul useth the word wise in 1 Cor. 3. 10. from his worke or as the Greeke translateth according to his worke for so the Hebrew phrase sometime signifieth as in Ezek. 7. 27. Vers. 6. a voice that is a proclamation the Chaldee saith a cryer and the Greeke he cryed or proclaimed make any more worke that is make ready any more stuffe to worke with So in the verse following Vers. 7. the worke that is the stuffe for the work as vers 6. to be overplus or to remaine over that is too much Thus the people shewed their ready obedience unto that part of the Law which consisted in outward ordinances of service and for the making of a worldly Sanctuary as the Apostle calleth it Heb. 9. 1. whereas in the former Law which God had himselfe spoken from heaven they had shewed their headstrong disobedience Exodus 32. Vers. 8. the Tabernacle or Habitacle see the notes on Exod. 26. 1. c. This is first made though in the commanding of these things the Arke Table and Candlesticke were first mentioned Exod. 25 because it was to receive and containe those holy things which might not stand without their Te 〈…〉 or Habitation 1 Chron. 15. 1. and 16. 1. Vers. 9. cubits or by the cubit which is a foot and an halfe see Exod. 26. 2. Vers. 10 to another Hebr. to one meaning to the fellow of i◠called the sister in Exod. 26. 3. Vers. 11. edge Hebr. lip so Exod. 26. 4. Vers. 12. being one right-over or or receiving one to another the Greeke hath
which is their reasonable service Romanes 12. 1. There were five sorts of sacrifices ordinary instituted of God Burnt-offrings commanded here Meat-offrings in Leviticus 2. Peace-offrings in Leviticus 3. Sinne-offrings in Leviticus 4. and Trespasse-offrings in Leviticus 5. 15. c. a male so must all burnt offrings of beasts bee verse 10. but the like is not said of the foules verse 14. And by the Iewish canons the fowles might be male or female Maimony in Mis. tom 3. in Maasch hakorbanoth or treat of offring the Sacrifices Chapt. 1. Sect. 8. perfect not having any deformitie want or superfluity of parts without or within nor other corruption The Greeke translateth it without blemish set the notes on Exodus 12. 5. and Leviticus 22. 21. Thus are we to understand the Prophet when he saith Cursed be the deceiver which hath in his flocke a male that is a perfect male and voweth and sacrificeth unto the Lord a corrupt thing Malac. 1. 14. It figured Christs perfection in himselfe and ours in him Heb. 9. 13. 14. Ephes. 5 27. and teacheth us to honour God with our best things and to serve him with a perfect heart 1 Chron. 28. 9. at the doore within the court where the Altar was vers 5. see this law explained in Leviticus 17. 3. 4. c. As it was the way of honour unto God for the Offerer to bring his sacrifice himselfe unto the Sanctuary and not to send the Priest to take a beast out of his house and offer it for him so the doore might also lead them unto Christ who saith I am the doore of the sheepe Iohn 10. 7. by whom wee enter into the holy place Heb. 10. 19. 20. His body was the true Tabernacle and Temple called a greater and more perfect tabernacle which the Lord pitched not man Heb. 9. 11. and 8. 2. Ioh. 2. 19. 21. The Church was secondarily figured by the Temple and Tabernacle Ephesians 2. 21. 22. for his favourable-acceptation or for acceptation of him that hee and his offering may bee favourably accepted of God This sense both the Greeke and Chaldee versions yeeld also the old Latine and the promise in verse 4. confirmeth it and the like phrase in Leviticus 23. 11. is so interpreted of all the contrary whereof is in Ieremy 6. 20. Your Burnt-offrings are not to favourable-acceptation that is they are not acceptable And the Apostle exhorteth present your bodies a living sacrifice holy acceptable unto God Romans 12. 1. Some take the words of this Law here to meane according to the good will of him that offereth that he should not sacrifice to God by compulsion but of his owne voluntary will for God loveth a chearfull giver 2 Corinth 9. 7. In the former sense it taught men to offer in the faith of Christ without which it is unpossible to please God Hebrewes 11. 6. and by faith Abel offred unto God a more excellent sacrifice then Cain Hebr. 11. 4. Vers. 4. shall lay his hand or impose his hand and by hand seemeth to be meant his hands as else-where is expressed Leviticus 16. 21. The man that brought the offring was to lay or impose hands himselfe upon it while it was alive thereby disburdening himselfe of sinne and laying it upon the sacrifice Leviticus 16. 21. and testifying his faith in Christ the true sacrifice to bee slaine for him The Hebrew Doctors say All oblations of beasts which a particular person offreth either of debt or voluntarily hee layeth hands on them whiles they are alive except it bee the first-borne and the tithe and the Passeover All doe impose hands excepting the deafe the foole and a childe and a servant and a woman and the blinde and the stranger Neither may a messenger impose hands for there is no imposition but by the owners as it is written AND HEE SHALL LAY HIS HAND not his wives hand nor his servants nor his messengers Five that bring one sacrifice all doe lay hands upon it one after another not all together Who so dyeth and leaveth oblations burnt-offring or peace-offrings his heyre is to bring the same and lay hands upon it c. There is no imposition of hands on the sacrifices of the Congregation save two on the scape Goat Leviticus 16. 21. and the Sinne-offring Leviticus 4. 15. They lay on no hands but in the court if they doe it without the court they must lay on hands againe within And in the place where they impose hands they kill it And the killing is immediately after the imposition And hee that imposeth must doe it with all his might with both his hands upon the head of the beast not upon the necke or sides and nothing may bee betweene his hands and the beast Hee layeth his hands betweene the two hornes and confesseth upon the sin-offring the iniquity of sinne and upon the trespasse-offring the iniquity of trespasse and upon the burnt offring hee confesseth the iniquity of doing that hee should not and not doing that hee ought c Maimony in treat of offring sacrifices Chapt. 3. Sect. 6. 8. 9. c. But as for sacrifices of fowles verse 14. there was no charge to impose hands on them Maimony ibidem Sect. 7. make-atonement or expiate make-reconciliation which is usually meant in regard of mans sinne and Gods wrath for the same Leviticus 4. 20. c. The Hebrew Capper signifieth covering not as with a garment which may easily be taken off but as with plaister that cleaveth Genesis 6. 14. and is applyed to the covering that is the appeasing of an angry countenance Genesis 32. 20. and so for the anger of God which is appeased by the burnt-offring of Christs body for he is the Atonement or Reconciliation for our sinnes Dan. 9. 24. 1 Iohn 2. 2. Heb. 10. 8. 10. Thus the Burnt-offring was for atonement and remission of sinnes Iob 42. 8. to weet generall sinnes and such as often are unknowne to men as Iob offred burnt offrings saying it may be that my sonnes have sinned Iob 1. 5. Whereas for speciall sinnes there was a speciall sacrifice and sinne-offring Leviticus 4. And both the Burnt-offring and Sinne-offring are joyned in Christs offring up of his owne body for us Psal. 40. Hebr. 10. 5. 6. c. Also Burnt-offrings were given in signe of thankfulnesse to God and so betokened a new creature and holy life Psalm 51. 19. 20. 21. and 66. 13. 14. 15. Gen. 8. 20. For this cause the Burnt-offring is first taught as being the principall and most common offred daily for the Church and when other sorts of sacrifices were brought this burnt-offring was alwayes one See Leviticus 9. 8. 12. 15. 16. and 12. 6. and 14. 19. 20. and 16. 15. 24. Num. 6. 10. 11. and 7. 15. 16. and 29. 2. Iudg. 20. 26. Vers. 5. he shall kill in Greeke they shall kill meaning the Priests or Levites For whereas it followeth the sonnes of Aaron the Priests shall offer the blood this killing is
it is a Sin offring And the Priest shall take of the blood of the Sin offring with his finger and put it upon the hornes of the altar of Burnt-offring and shall poure his blood at the bottome of the altar of Burnt-offring And all his fat he shall burne vpon the altar as the fat of the sacrifice of Peace-offrings and the Priest shall make-an-atonement for him concerning his sinne and it shall bee mercifully-forgiven him And if one soule sinne through ignorance of the people of the land while it doth any one of the commandements of Iehovah which should not bee done and bee guilty Or if his sinne bee made knowne unto him which he hath sinned then hee shall bring his oblation a she-goat of the goats perfect a female for his sinne which he hath sinned And he shall lay his hand upon the head of the Sin offring and he shall kill the Sin offring in the place of the Burnt-offring And the Priest shall take of the blood thereof with his finger and put it upon the hornes of the altar of Burnt-offring and all the blood thereof he shal poure at the bottome of the altar And he shall take away all the fat thereof as the fat is taken away from off the sacrifice of Peace-offrings and the Priest shall burne it upon the altar for a favour of rest unto Iehovah and the Priest shall make an atonement for him and it shall be mercifully forgiven him And if he bring a Lambe for his oblation for a Sinne offring hee shall bring it a female perfect And he shall lay his hand up-the head of the Sinne offring and hee shall kill it for a Sinne offring in the place where he killeth the Burnt-offering And the priest shall take the blood of the Sin offring with his finger and put it upon the hornes of the altar of Burnt-offring and shall poure all the blood thereof at the bottome of the altar And he shall take away all the faâ— therof as the fat of the lamb is taken away from the sacrifice of the Peace-offrings and the Priest shall burne them upon the altar according to Iehovahs Fire offrings and the priest shall make-an-atonement for him for his sin which he hath finned and it shall be mercifully-forgiven him Annotations A Soule that is a person or man as the Chaldee translateth it when it shall sin or if it sin Whereas he had taught the justification and sanntification of the Church by the former sacrifices and how men ought to walke in newnesse of life now because there is not a just man upon earth that doth good and sinneth not Eccles. 7. 20. but in many things we offend all Iam. 3. 2. the Lord appointed meanes for the cleansing of his Church and all the members thereof from the infirmities errors and ignorant sins which they fall into But if wee sinne wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth there remaineth no more sacrifice for sinnes but a certaine fearfull looking for of judgment and fiery indignation which shall devoure the adversaries or enemies of the Lord Heb 10. 26. 27. Esay 26. 10. 11. through ignorance or in errour unawares by unadvisednesse Shegagah the word here used signifieth errour or going astray out of the right way through ignorance or forgetfulnes or unadvisednesse or by being deceived or the like The Greek somtime turneth it Agnoia Ignorance but here and often translateth it Acousios unwillingly which is contrary to that which the Apostle calleth Heconsios willingly or wilfully Heb. 10. 16. contrary also to that which the law calleth sinning with an high hand or presumptuously Num. 15. 27. 30. We may see the meaning openly by Moses in Numb 35. 11. where he speaketh of killing a person by errour or unawares which in Deut. 19. 4. is said to be ignorantly or without knowledge and both are joyned together in Ios. 20. 3. unawares or by errour and without knowledge or unweetingly whereto is opposed a lying in wait that is a purpose and willingnesse to kill him Deut. 19. 11. Exodus 21. 13. The Apostle likewise calleth such sinnes Agnoemata Errors-done-of-ignorance in Heb. 9. 7. and more fully openeth it by two words in Heb. 5. 3. shewing the Priests dutie to have compassion on the ignorant and on them that erre So that these ignorances or errours were misdeeds arising from errour of the mind or of the affections when men did either not know or understand the Law aright or not remember or take heed thereto as they ought when they knew not the nature of sinne or considered not how loathsome it was unto God but were overtaken and miscaried by their errours or lusts such are to be restored in the spirit of meeknesse Gal. 6. 1. for such God appointed sacrifices but for presumptuous wilful malicious sinnes men were to be cut off Numb 15. 27. 30. These Errours or Ignorances are such and so many as no man can understand Psal. 19. 13. and God both cleanseth us of them by the sacrifice of Christ Hebr. 10. 10. 12. and restraineth us from them by afflictions Psal. 119. 67. and warneth us to take heed of them lest he be angry and destroy the worke of our hands Eccles. 5. 6. And whereas there followeth a law in Lev. 5. 17. for sinnes not knowne the Hebrewes put this difference Shegagah an errour or sinne through ignorance is when hee knoweth certainly that hee hath done the thing but he did it in errour or unadvisedly but he that knoweth not is hee that is uncertaine whether hee did the thing or no. Talmud Bab. in Cherethoth and Maimonie in his explanations on the same ch 1. of all understand by doing any one of all the commandements So Moses himselfe explaineth it in the words here following and in ver 13. 22. 27 commandements or charges meaning prohibitions or forbodes For God commandeth both to eschew evill and to doe good and most of the ten commandements Exod. 20. are forbiddings of sinne And thus the holy Ghost useth the word both wayes as Take heed c. lest ye make you the likenes of any thing which Iehovah thy God hath commanded that is forbidden thee Deut. 4. 23. And contrariwise in Deut. 17. 3. hath served other Gods c. which I have not commanded to wit to be done Hereupon the Hebrew Doctors Maimony and others divide the lawes into Commandements to be done and Commandements which should not bee done The Commandements given by Moses they have summed up in all to be six hundred and thirteene of them they make affirmative precepts of things to be done two hundred fourty and eight so many as they say there are bones in a mans body of negative precepts or prohibitions three hundred sixty and five so many as there are dayes in the yeere should not the Greeke translateth it ought not To these prohibitions the Hebrew doctors doe restraine this law saying They bring no Sinne-offring but for ignorance in doing that
rumpe c. Of these rites see the notes on Leviticus 3. 4. 9. c. for the same order in most things waâ— for all these sacrifices Whether it were a 〈…〉 fest Trespass-offring or a doubtfull Trespass-offring â—ee killed it and sprinkled the blood as is before declared And flayed it and tooke out the inwards and salted them and strowed them on the fire upon the altar And if he would bring them in a vessell he might and the residue of the flesh was eaten by the males of the Priests in the court as the sin-offring Maimony treat of offring the sacrifices ch 9. s. 1. V. 4. which is upon or and that which is upon the flanks in Gr. upon the thighes it was a distinct thing from the former see the notes on Lev. 3. 4. A like phrase is in Psal. 133. 3. the dew of Hermon which descendeth that is and the dew which descendeth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mountaines of Sion V. 〈◊〉 Fire-offring in Chaldee an oblation and the G 〈…〉 deth a smell of sweet saâ—our V. 〈◊〉 of the Burnt-offring and so of other like offrings Touching this point the Heb canons say All 〈◊〉 of the most holy things were the Priests 〈◊〉 they were sacrifices of the congregation or sacrifices of particular persons But the skins of the leight holy things were the owners And every Burnt-offring whose flesh was not meet to bee offred on the altar the Priest had no right to the skin thereof All the most holy things unto which pollution hapneth before they be flayed their skins belong not to the priests if after they be flayed the priests have their skins And all the skins the men of custodie which serve in their course doe divide them among them from sabbath evening to Sabbath evening He that taketh his burnt-offring for the maintenance of the Sanctuary likewise he that sanctifieth his goods if there be males among them whose right is to be offred for Burnt offrings the Priests have not their skins for it is written THE PRIEST THAT OFFRETH A MANS BVRNT-OFFRING particularly distinguishing it from the burnt-offrings of the Sanctuary But those skins are sold and fall to the reparation of the Sanctuary Whether it bee man or woman stranger or servant the skins of their sacrifices are the Priests hee saith not A mans burnt-offring but to except the sanctuaries Maim treaâ— of offring the sacrif c. 5. s. 19. 20. 21. This ordinance compared with the coats of skin wherewith God clothed our naked first parents Gen. 3. 21. and with the goats skins wherwith Iakobs hands were covered when hee got the blessing Gen. 27. 16. may lead us to the gift of God in bestowing upon us Christ and his righteousnesse to be clothed with him by faith and sanctification partaking of his death and sufferings Rom. 13. 13. 14. Phil. 3. 9. 10. V. 9. the pan or the flat plate Of these see the notes on Lev. 2. 5. 6. 7. for the Priest or the priests even his that offreth it The scripture thus speaketh as the Hebrew doctors observe of this and the other sacrifices to teach that the Priest who is meet for to serve hee hath his part in them to eate the same And he that is not fit at the houre of the offring as one that is uncleane he hath no part to eat although he be purified at evening But in this matter of parting all is for those that offer in the same day And they all have their parts in all thâ— holy things of the sanctuary one as much as an other Maimony treat of offring the sacrifice chap. 10. Sect. 14. This figured our thankfulnesse unto God for his graces which wee should use and imploy unto his honour communicating unto them that teach us the word in all good things Gal. 6. 6. 1 Cor. 9. 7 11. Vers. 10. dry that is not mingled with oile as the Greeke translateth Such were the Meat-offrings of the sinner and the like see Levit. 5. 11. one as another Hebr. man as his brother that is every man alike as the Greeke explaineth it From this word man The Hebrew doctors say A childe hath not a share no not in the light holy things although it be lawfull for him to eat even of the most holy things Likewise a woman or one that is both man and woman have no share in the holy things of the sanctuarie at all for it is said MAN AS HIS BROTHER But hee that hath a blemish whether continuall or transitory whether he be borne with his blemish or is unblemished and yet disabled hee hath a share and eateth as it is written The bread of his God even of the most holy and of the holy shall he eat Lev. 21. 22. He also that is meet to eat But if he be unclean he hath no portion to eat at evening And the high Priest eateth not by share but taketh what he pleaseth Maimony treat of offring the sacrifice chap. 10. Sect. 17. c. Vers. 12. for Confession or for thanksgiving the Greeke translateth it for Praise and the sacrifice of praise with confessing to Gods naâ—â—e is mentioned by the Apostle Heb. 13. 15. alluding to this law See before in Levit. 3. This Confession the Hebrews as Sol. Iarchi on this place say was for mercies and deliverances received from God as by them that goe downe into the sea or that travel through the deserts or have beene prisoners or sicke and recovered for such are bound to make confession as it is written Let them confesse unto the LORD his mercie c. and let them sacrifice the sacrifice of Confession Psalme 107. 4. 10. 17. 21. 22. 23. c. If for any of these a man hath vowed Peace-offrings with these Peace-offrings of Confession he is bound to bring the bread here spoken of and they are not to be eaten but that day and that night with the sacrifice Maim in trea of offring the sacrifices c. 9. s. 3. c. sheweth that there were foure sorts of Peace-offrings One the Peace-offrings of the congregation three the Peace-offrings of particular persons The peace-offrings of the congregatioÌ„ they were killed their blood sprinkled as is before declared TheÌ„ they were flayed their inwards taken out with the fat salted burnt on the altar And the remainder was eaten by the males of the Priests in the court as the Sin-offring and as the Trespasse-offring for they were most holy The Peace offrings of particular men were of three sorts The one was Peace-offrings brought without bread as the Peace-offrings of the Chagigah or Passeover Deut. â—6 and Pentecost or feast of weekes these are called simply Peace-offrings The second sort was brought with bread for a vow or for a voluntary-offring this is called Confession or Thanksgiving and the bread thereof is called the bread of the Confession The third sort was that which the Nazirite offred in the day of the accomplishment of his Naziriteship this was also brought with bread and
it be of the cleane holy thing or of the uncleane holy thing doing it presumptuously hee is guilty of cutting off Lev. 7. 20. and if he eate ignorantly be must bring the sacrifice appointed in Levit 5. 2. 11. Maimony in Pesulei hamukdashin cha 18. s. 13. of peace-offrings and so by proportion of other sacrifices for the same law is for other holy things of the altar saith Maimony ibidem The flesh of these sacrifices being a figure of the flesh of Christ to bee eaten of the saints by faith this law signified that all unbeleevers hypocrites and wicked ones that professe the Gospell and partake of the signes and seales of grace unworthily doe eate and drinke judgment to themselves 1 Cor. 11. â—7 28. â—9 Vers. 23. fâ—â— of oxe This explaineth and limiteth the law before given in Levit. 3. 17. to the fat of these three kindes of beasts see the annotations there V. 24. of a karkasse to weet that which dieth of it selfe or otherwise after an unlawfull manner To â—ate the flesh of carkasses or of things that were 〈◊〉 was unlawfull Exod. 22. 31. Levit. 17. 15. and 22. 8. Deut. 14. 21. Ezek. 4. 14. and 44. 31. to eat fat of such was a double trespasse Hee that 〈◊〉 the fat of a dead or torn â—east is guilty both for 〈◊〉 the fat for eating the dead or torn beast c. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. treat of Forbidden meats c. 7. s. 2. Ver. 25 shall be cut off the Greek translateth shall perish to weet if he doe it with a high hand He that 〈◊〉 so much as an olive of fat presumptuously is in danger to be cut-off if he doe it ignorantly hee is to 〈◊〉 the Sinne-offring appointed Maim treat of For 〈…〉 meats ch 7. s. 1. So for the next case of eating blood vers 27. V. 26. or of beast This also is a limitation wherupon the Iewes hold no prohibition of the blood of fishes locusts creeping things and the like see the notes on Lev. 3. 17. and 17. 10. 14. and Gen. 9. 4. So Sol. larchi here noteth of fowle or of beast to except the blood of fishes locusts c Vers. 29. his oblation in Gr his gift meaning those things which were given out of the Peace-offerings to the Lord and to the Priest Ver. 30. His hands he might not doe it by another person but the Priest put the parts-of the sacrifices into the owners hands and received them of him See the notes on Lev. 3. 5 and 7. 12. fat with the breast of which the fat was the Lords burnt on the altar the breast was the Priests to eate verse 31. wave it The manner of doing this and the signification of it see in Lev. 3. 5. and Exod. 29. 24. It figured the giving of our breast that is of the heart and affections unto Châ—ist in newnesse of life in the fellowship of his afflictions Prov. 23. 26. 1 Chron. 28. 9. Rom. 6. 3. 4. 5. 6. Phil. 3. 10. Ver. 32. Heave-offring in Greek and Chaldee a separation or separated thing because it was separated from the rest of the body heaved up towards heaven and after given to the Lords Priest It signified an acknowledgement that all good things came downe from God and an indeavour that all the wayes of his people should tend upward unto God that so their conversation might be heavenly Iam. 1. 17. Phil. 3. 20. Prov. 15. 24. Verse 34. statute for ever or an eternall ordinance to continue so long as the law of sacrificing should continue that is till Christs comming and after that the equitie of it to remaine still for as they which wayted at the Altar were partakers with the Altar even so hath the Lord ordained that they which preach the gospell should live of the gospell 1 Cor. 9 13. 14. Verse 35. the anointing that is the portion or reward of the Anointing meaning of the anointed Priests For that hee speaketh of their portion the words before and after manifest and in verse 36. it is that which Iehovah commanded to give unto them And Anointing is figuratively put for the Priest anointed as Oyle is used for Christ which had the oyle of grace without measure on him Esay 10. 27. So dreames are put for dreamers Ierem. 27. 9. Spirits for spirituall gifts 1 Cor. 14. 12 thanksgivings for companies of thanksgivers Nehem. 12. 31. Circumcision for persons circumcised Rom. 2. 26. and many the like In like manner divination is used for the rewards of divination sent unto Balaam Numbers 22. 7. iniquitie for the punishment or desert of iniquitie Levit. 7. 18. Iob 11. 6. So Chazkum here expoundeth the anointing to bee the reward of their anointing presented or offred them and here in the day meaneth from that day forward for ever as appeareth by vers 36. Vers. 37. fillings of the hand that is as the Greeke explaineth it Perfection or Consecration when the hand was filled with parts of the sacrifices see Exodus 29. 9. c. in the annotations That sacrifice is here reckoned among the rest because it was commanded at mount Sinai Exodus 29. and iâ— after to be shewed in practice Leviticus 8. Vers. 38. in the wildernesse of Sinai named of Sinai the mountaine in Arabia where the Law was given which is Agar gendering to bond age Gal. 4. 24. 25. Before they came thither they offred no sacrifice there God gave them these lawes described from the beginning of Leviticus hitherto as shadowes of good things to come Hebr 10. 〈◊〉 â—ll the Lambe Christ on mount Sion should by the sacrifice of himselfe when he made his soule a Trespasse offring Esay 53. 10. cause the Sacrifice and Oblation to cease Dan. 9. 27. who hath by one offring perfected for ever them that are sanctified Heb. 10. 14. so that now among the Gentiles in every place incense is offred unto the name of God and a pure Meat-offring Mal. 1. 11. By him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually Hebr. 13. 15. CHAP. VIII 1. Moses consecrateth Aaron and his sonnes to the Priests office 14 Their Sinne-offring 18 Their Burnt-offring 22 The ram of the filling of the hands 31 The place and time of their consecration ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Take Aaron and his sons with him and the garments and the anointing oile and a Bullocke for a Sinne offring and two rammes and a basket of unlevened cakes And gather thou together all the congregation unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation And Moses did as Iehovah commanded him and the congregation was gathered together unto the doore of the Tent of the congregation And Moses said unto the congregation This is the thing which Iehovah commanded to be done And Moses brought-neere Aaron and his sons and washed them with water And he put upon him the Coat and girded him with the girdle and clothed him with the Robe and put the Ephod upon him and girded him with the
garments the other his golden garments because some were made with gold threed woven in them These foure were made of fixe double twisted threed and they were of flaxe onely saith Maim in the Implements of the Sanctury c. 〈◊〉 s. 3. It figured the base estate of Christ here on earth and how he shold without worldly glory performe the worke of our redemption Esay 53. 2. 3. c. but with purity innocency and holinesse Putting on justice and it clothed him his judgment was as a robe and a Miter Iob 29. 14. his flesh in Greeke his skinne the secret parts are hereby meant see Exodus 28. 42. Compare herewith Ezekiel 44. 17. 18. there these foure linnen garments are mentioned and no other and that is a mysticall prophesie of the state of the Church under the gospell where the Priests have no other attire then for atonement or expiation day which mystery is opened in 2 Corinth 5. 19. garments of holinesse in Greeke holy garments wash his flesh that is as the Greeke translateth wash all his bodie Sol. Iarchi here noteth that hee was charged to wash him-selfe every time that hee changed his garments and he changed them five times c. This washing signified his cleansing or sanctification by repentance and faith in Christ Hebewes 10. 22. the garments figured the justice and salvation wherewith by faith in Christ he should be clothed Psal. 132. 9. 16. which they onely that are sanctified doe put on When the Priest put off these garments and put on other hee washed againe vers 24. It figured also the holinesse and purity that should be in Christ himselfe in whom was no sinne 1 Ioh. 3. 5. and put them on This was after the performance of his other morning services which were due every day and to be done in other garments The order whereof is said to be this About midnight for the high Priest might not sleepe all that night lest any accident of uncleannesse such as is spoken of in Deut. 23. 10. should befall him they went about the taking away of the ashes from the altar and ordered the wood c. untill at breake of the day they began to kill the daily sacrifice then they hanged a fine-linnen cloth betweene the high Priest and the people And he put off his common clothes and washed himselfe and put on the golden clothes those eight mentioned in Exod. 28. and sanctified that is washed his hands and his feet and killed the daily sacrifice and tooke the blood sprinkled it on the altar After that he went into the holy place and burned the incense of the morning and trimmed the Lampes and burned the flesh of the dayly sacrifice and the meat offring and drinke offring of the same as was done every day After the daily sacrifice hee offred the bullocke and the seven lambes which were appointed more for that day Num. 29. 8. Afterwards he sanctified his hands his feet and put off his golden garments and washed himselfe and put on his white garments and sanctified his hands and his feet and came to his bullocke spoken of in v. 6. c. Maim in Iom hakippurim ch 1. s. 6. ch 4. s. 1. and Talmud Bab. in Ioma ch 3. Ver. 5. a Sin-offring figuring Christ who shold be a Sin-offring for his Church 2 Cor. 5. 19. 21. and these goats the one was killed v. 15. the other sent away alive v. 21. to signifie how Christ suffering for our sinns should be put to death in the flesh but quickned by the Spirit 1 Pet. 3. 18. The Hebrews write that these two goats were to bee alike to see to of equall stature and price and to be taken both at one time Maimony in Iom hakipp. chap. 5. sect 14. Burnt-offring which was offered after the former Sinne-offring and in other garments ver 24. and signifyed besides reconciliation a new and holy life through the grace of Christ after the purging us from our sins Rom. 12. 1. See the notes on Lev. 1. Vers. 6. for himselfe or which shall be his owne and so Sol. Iarchi hence teacheth that it was to be of his owne and not of the congregations and Targum sonathan expoundeth it of his own goods This was the first sacrifice which was peculiar for this day and for the worke of Reconciliation which beginning with the Priest himselfe sheweth the impersection of that legall priesthood and the impossibility thereof to bring men to God So the Apostle teacheth that every high Priest was himselfe also compassed with infirmitie by reason whereof he ought as for the people so for himselfe to offer for sinnes Thus the Law made men high Priests which had infirmitie but the word of the oath which was since the Law maketh the Son of God who is perfected for ever Hebr. 5. 1. 2. 3. and 7. 28. and for his house in Chaldee for the men of his house And hereby the Hebrewes understand all the Priests see after on vers 11. As in all sinne-offrings they laid their hands on the head of the sacrifice confessed their sinnes and then killed it Lev. 4. so was the order of this which the Hebrewes have declared thus After that the Priest had washed his body put on his white garments and sanctified his hands and his feet he came to his bullocke which afterward in Solomons Temple stood betweene the porâ—ch and the Altar with the head therof to the south and the face to the west and the Priest stood eastward with his face to the west and laid both his hands on the head of the bullocke and confessed saying O God I have sinned done iniquitie and trespassed before thee I and my house I beseech thee O Lord make atonement now for my sinnes iniquities and trespasses which I have commited before thee I and my house as it is written in the law of Moses thy servant For in this day be shall make atonement for you c. Lev. 16. 30 Maâ— in Iom hakipp. c. 4. s. 1. and Talmud in Ioma c. 3. Ver. 7. present them Hebrew make them to stand After the slaying of his own sin-offring the Priest came to the North-side of the Altar and two with him the one called Sagan who was the second chiefe priest next in order to the high Priest on his right hand and the other called Rosh beth ab that is the chiese of the house of the father or principall houshold as 1 Chron. 24. 6. on his left hand and there the two goats were presented with their faces to the West and their back parts to the East Talmud in Ioma ch 3. Mai. in Iom hakip c. 3. s. 2. at the doore that is within the court-yard see the notes on Lev. 8. 3 Vers. 8. give lots that is cast lots the Greeke translateth impose or put lots The manner is said to bee thus The two lots the one had written upon it FOR IEHOVAH and on the other was written FOR A SCAPE-GOAT and they
covered Wee are not found to cover any blood but of the slaine beast which is lawfull to be eaten as is said in Levit. 17. 13. THAT MAY BE EATEN c. Wherewith must it be 〈…〉 red With any kinde of dust as earth lime chalke 〈◊〉 or other like rubbish that is small as powder but not 〈◊〉 a basket or a stone or thicke dung c which are 〈◊〉 kinde of dust It may be covered with embers or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 any sort Hee that slayeth must lay dust unde 〈…〉 and after that slay and after that cover it with 〈◊〉 and he that slayeth he must cover it And if bee haue not couered it and seeth it afterward hee is bound to cover it for this is a commandement by it selfe and dependeth not upon the slaying onely And hee may not cover it with his foot but with his hand or with the knife or with an instrument or vessel lest this rite gro◠into a contempt and so the commandement concer 〈…〉 〈◊〉 be contemned For the honour is not to the commandment it selfe but to the blessed God which commanded it who hath delivered us from groping in dark 〈…〉 and hath ordained us a Lampe to make straight the things that are crooked and a Light to teach the 〈◊〉 of righteousnes and so it is said in Psal. 129. 105. Thy word is a Lamp unto my foot and a light unto 〈◊〉 path Maimony in Shechitah chap. 14. sect 1. c. Vers. 14. the soule that is the life as Ionathan expounds it the life of the soule for the soule Heb. in the soule In is often in stead of For but some here keepe the usuall signification and change the order as Chazkuni interprets it in the blood thereof is the soule thereof But Iarchi thus the blood is to it in 〈◊〉 of the soule for the soule hangeth in it the blood of any flesh to weet of beasts or birds not any of their blood Lev. 7. 26. So not onely that which commeth out in the slaying of the beast but that remaineth within in the heart or other parts is unlawfull to be eaten The blood which is the juyce of of the beast and the blood of the members as the blood of the milt and the blood of the kidneyes and the blood of the stones and the blood that is gathered in the heart and the blood that is found in the liver who so eateth of them is not to be cut off but is beaten for it is said yee shall not eat any blood Of that for which a man is to bee cut off he saith FOR THE SOVLE OF THE FLESH IS IN THE BLOOD he is not guilty of cutting off but for the blood wherein the soule or life goeth out Maimony in treat of Forbidden meates chap. 6. sect 4. is the blood figuratively spoken for is in the blood as verse 11. Vers. 15. every soule that is as the Chaldee translateth every man as verse 10. a carkasse to weet that which died of it selfe or is killed by an other thing and is not orderly slaine see Lev. 7. 24. Of this the Hebrewes say Hee that eateth presumptuously so much as an olive of the flesh of any cattell that is dead or wilde beast that is dead or fowle that is dead is to be beaten And whatsoever is not killed so as is meet loe that is a dead-carkasse Nothing is forbidden by the name of a carkasse but the sorts of cleane things onely because they are fit to be slaine and if they bee slaine after a lawfull manner they are lawfull to be eaten But uncleane things whose slaying availeth them not whether they be duely slaine or dye alone or the flesh be cut off from them alive who so eateth of them is not beaten as for a carkasse or a torne thing but as for eating of uncleane flesh Who so eateth a cleane bird alive all of it is beaten as for eating a carkasse Who so eateth of the flesh of an untimely birth of a cleane beast is beaten as for eating of a carkasse And it is unlawfull to eat of any beast that is borne untill the eight night after Exodus 22. 30. for who so tarieth not eight daies for a beast it is as an untimely-birth though he is not beaten for that The law forbiddeth a dead thing and that is a carkasse and forbiddeth that which inclineth to dye though it be not already dead and that is the torne thing There is no difference in the death whether it dye of it selfe alone or whether it fall and dye or whether it be strangled untill it dye or that a wilde beast hath rent and killed it Maimony in treat of Forbidden meats chap. 4. sect 1. 2. 3. 4. 8. As the forbidding of uncleane meats Levit. 11. spiritually forbid communion with wicked persons Acts 10. 12. 28. so this prohibition of things not duely slaine forbiddeth in mysterie to have religious communion with such as are dead in their trespasses and sinnes and which are not mortified by the worke of Gods word and spirit Ephes. 2. 1. 2. 3. 2 Cor. 6. 16. 17. Colos. 2. 13. and 3. 5. By the former explanation out of Maimony it appeareth that the strangled thing forbidden by the Apostles unto the Gentiles together with blood in Acts 15. 20. 29. was the carkasse or dead thing here spoken of for the Law otherwise mentioneth not the strangled And this compared with Deuteronomie 14. 21. where the Gentiles are permitted to eate such things giveth light to the true meaning of that decree in Acts 15. and a torne thing and is here for or distinguishing and disjoyning it from the carkasse aforesaid Any cleane beast or bird which by other beast or fowle or any other way was torne or maimed but not fully dead is here meant as is noted upon Exodus 22. 31. where this law is first given and shewed to tend also unto sanctification If it bee torne and dead it is a carkasse forementioned but this is a different precept and so meaneth torne things yet living as the Hebrewes observe Maimony in Forbidden meats chap. 4. sect 6. Againe The torne thing spoken of in the Law is that which is inclining to die And it is not called torne but that the scripture speaketh by an instance as that a Lion or the like hath torne it and broken it and it is not yet dead And there are other sicknesses or diseases which if they happen unto it it is accounted torne Maimony in Shechitah chap. 5. sect 1. 2. These beasts torne or inclining to death figured such persons as the Apostle likeneth unto naturall bruit beasts made to bee taken for a prey and destroyed which shall bee corrupted or utterly-perish in their own corruption 2 Pet. 2. 12. Where the Greeke words eis halosin that is for a prey or to be taken seeme to expresse the Hebrew terephah the torne thing here mentioned as in Iob 24. 5. the Hebrew latareph for a prey is turned in Greeke eis
you from other peoples A man must not apparell himselfe with the apparell that is peculiar unto them nor let the locks of his head grow like the lockes of their heads nor shave off the sides and leave the haire in the midst as they doe c. nor build places as they build temples for idolatrie c. Maimony treat of Idolatrie ch 11. sect 1. Vers. 4. my statutes that is mine onely as him thou shalt serve Deut. 6. 13. is expounded by our Saviour him onely thou shalt serve Matt. 4. 10. It meaneth also all my statutes Deutero 12. 32. and so The words of this law Deut. 27. 26. is explained by the Apostle all things which are written in the booke of the law Ga. 3. 10. therfore in the next verse here the Greeke version addeth And ye shall keepe all my statutes Of this it is said Iehovah who brought you up out of the land of Egypt with great power and a stretched out arme him shall ye feare and him shall yee worship and to him shall yee doe sacrifice and the Statutes and the jugdements and the Law and commandement which he wrote for you yee shall observe to doe for evermore and yee shall not feare other Gods and the Covenant which I have made with you yee shall not forget c. 2 King 17. 36. 38. By this therefore God forbiddeth them all mens inventions Eccles. 7. 29. the works of their owne hands Ier. 25. 6. and the statutes of the Kings of Israel which they after made without the commandement of the Lord. 2 King 17. 8. Mat. 6. 16. Vers. 5. shall live by them or in them that is shal have eternall life of God for doing them and so the Chaldee paraphraseth hee shall live by them to life eternall and as Solomon Iarchi saith in the world that is to come This and the like promises elsewhere as in Ezek. 20. 13. are legall and differ from the promises of the Gospell as the Apostle observeth saying The just shall live by faith and the Law is not of faith but the man that doth them shall live by them Gal. 3. 11. 12. and againe For Moses describeth the justice which is of the Law that the man which doth them shall live by them alledging the very words of this text according to the Greeke version but the justice which is of faith speaketh on this wise Say not in thine heart who shall goe up to heaven c. That if thou shalt confesse with thy mouth that Iesus is the LORD and shalt beleeve in thine heart that God hath raised him from the dead thou shalt be saved Rom. 10. 5. 9. Vers. 6. None of you Heb. Man man yee shall not approach that is not any man To approach or come neere is used for carnall copulation as in Gen. 20. 4. Abimelech had not come neere unto her So in Ezek. 18. 6. and Esa. 8. 3. I approached unto the Prophetesse and she conceived c. Moreover from this word approach the Hebrewes comparing herewith the 30. v. doe say Who so commeth to any of these nakednesses the unlawfull copulations following either by way of copulation or that imbraceth or kisseth by way of lust any of his kinne is to be beaten by the Law For the meaning is yee shall not approach unto the things which may bring you unto the uncovering of their nakednesse And it is unlawfull for a man to make signes with hand foot or eye as Prov. 6. 13. to any of these or to sport with her or to gaze on her beautie c. Maimony in Issure biah chap. 21. sect 1. 2. neere-kin The Hebrew Sheer signifieth flesh Psal. 73. 26. Prov. 5. 11. and 11. 17. And as Basar flesh is sometime used for kindred Gen. 29. 14. so is Sheer in this case of mariage and copulation and so by the Chaldee and Greeke it is translated neere and neere-of kinne nakednesse that is the secrets or shamefull part of the body whereof since sinne came on mankinde we are most ashamed therfore the Greeke translateth it shame or uncomelinesse which also the holy Ghost alloweth in Rev. 16. 15. and in Rev. 3. 18. it is called the shame of nakednesse To uncover nakednesse here meaneth carnall copulation and incest not onely out of maried estate but also unlawfull and incestuous mariages The Hebrewes say Whatsoever copulation is forbidden in the Law for which one is guilty of cutting off and which are spoken of in Levit. 18. they are called Nakednesses and every one of them is called incest or nakednesse as with mother or sister or daughter and the like Maimony treat of Wives chap. 1. sect 5. Vers. 7. of thy father and the nakednesse of thy mother This is one fact but a double sinne for by uncovering the fathers nakednesse is meant the lying with his wife as Levit. 20. 11. and as after in verse 8. and in verse 14. the uncovering of the uncles nakednesse is expounded the approaching unto his wife The Hebrewes say Hee that lieth with his mother and shee his fathers wife is double guility whether it bee while his father is living or after his death once for that she is his mother and againe for that she is his fathers wife Maimony in Issureibiah chap. 2. sect 2. It may also be thus spoken to imply the woman with her father as the man with his mother and so Ionathan in his Targum here paraphraseth The woman shall not lye with her father and the man shall not ly with his mother V. 8. thy fathers wife though shee be not thine owne mother but mother in law This was Reubens sinne who lay with Bilhah his fathers concubine Gen. 35. 22. It was a sinne infamous among the heathens 1 Cor. 5. 1. The Hebrew canons say A mans fathers wife and his sonnes wife and his brothers wife and his fathers brothers wife these foure are a nakednesse unto him that is unlawfull for him for ever whether they be of the betrothed or of the maried be they divorsed or not divorsed bee their husbands alive or dead except it bee his brothers wife who hath left no childe at his death Deut. 25. 5. And if he lye with any one of them whiles her husband is alive he is double guilty in respect that she is of his neere kinne and againe for that she is another mans wife Maimony in â—ssureibiah chap. 2. sect 1. it is thy fathers nakednesse that is it belongeth to him onely to uncover the same Vers. 9. whether she be borne at home c. Hebr. of the birth or kindred of the house or home or of the birth abroad which the Chaldee expoundeth thus which is begotten by the father of an other woman or of thy mother by an other man The Hebrew canons further explaine it thus whether shee be his sister by his father or by his mother either in maried estate or by fornication as if his mother or his father have committed whordome with others
my fellowes are against me 〈◊〉 what can I do seeing they are moe then I. And if he 〈◊〉 speake he is in the compasse of this HE THAT WAâ—â—ETH as A TALEBEARER REVEALETH SECRETS Prov. 11. 13. Maim in Sanhedrin ch 22. s. 7. Whereto the Greeke version of that place agreeth A double-tongued man revealeth counsels or secrets 〈◊〉 the Synedrion or Council And so in Proverbs 20. 19. The Ierasalemy Thargum followeth the formet exposition but with another phrase expounding this Law thus My people the house 〈…〉 rael yee shall not follow the third or the threefâ—â— tongue against your neighbours meaning hereby the slaunderous or calumniating tongue So 〈…〉 Psalme 101. 5. He that slandereth or hurteth with the tougue is translated there by the Chaldee He that speaketh with a third tongue and in Psal. 140. 12. A man of tongue that is an evill tongued or evill speaker the Chaldee expounds it A man which speaketh with a third tongue And hence is that phrase of Iesus ben Syrach in Ecclus. 28. 14. A third tongue hath disquieted many and in v. 15. A third tongue hath cast out vertuous women meaning calumniators backbiters These are called of the Hebrews treble tongued for the much hurt which they doe to their neighbours whom they calumniate and to whom they tell it and to themselves Our wise men have said the evill tongue ki 〈…〉 three the speaker and the receiver and him that is spoken against but the receiver more then the speaker Maimony in Degneth chap. 7. sect 3. 〈◊〉 against the blood that is not stand and see thy neighbors blood spilt thou withdraw thy helpe from him either by word or deed So the Hebrewes explaine this Law saying Hee that pursueth his neighbors to kill him all Israel are commanded to deliver the pursued from the hand of the pursuer yea though it be by the life of the pursuer As if he hath been neighbors to leave off and yet hee pursueth him c. hee may be killed And if they can deliver him with the lesse of some of the pursuers limmes as by striking off his hand or breaking his leg or striking out his eye let them doe it Who so can deliver him by bereaving the pursuer of a limme and doth not but killeth the pursuer that man sheddeth blood and is guiltie of death how be it the Magistrates may not put him to death Whose can deliver and doth not transgresseth this law Thou shalt not stand against thy neighbours blood And so bee that seeth his neighbour sinking in the sea or theeves or some wilde beasts comming upon him and can deliver him either by himselfe or by hiring of others to deliver him and doth not or that hath heard that infidells or other wicked have purposed his evill or bid asnare for his neighbour and he discloseth it not unto him and the like he that thus doth breaketh this Law Thou shalt not staÌ„d against the blood of thy neighbour Mamony tom 4. tret of Murder ch 1. sect 6. 7. 13. 14. It implieth also all other wayes whereby a man may keepe himselfe or others from spilling innocent blood as in case of judgement or the like So Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it Thou shalt not keepe-silent the blood of thy neighbour in the time that thou knowest the truth in judgement And this Law is joyned with the former of tale-bearing as that which often causeth blood-shed and the Prophet complaineth In thee are men that cary tales to shed blood Ezek. 22. 9. Vers. 17. not hate thy brother by brother is meant here any other-man therefore Christ blamed the Pharises glosse Thou shalt love thy neighbour and hate thine enemie and hath said unto us Love your enemies Mat. 5. 43. 44. And this Law followeth the former about blood because Whosoever hateth his brother is a murtherer 1 Ioh. 3. 15. And because hatred often riseth of offences he commandeth to rebuke and not to hate for such things which the Hebrewes explaine thus When one man sinneth against another he must not inwardly hate him and keepe silence as it is said of the wicked And Absalom spake 〈◊〉 his brother Amnon neither good nor bad for Abs 〈…〉 hated Amnon 2 Sam. 1 3. 22. but he is commanded to make it knowne unto him and to say why hast 〈◊〉 done thus unto me Maimony in Degnoth ch 6. sect 6. in thy heart the Greek translateth in thy mind or thought which is an effect of the heart as in luke 1. 51. there is mentioned the thought or imagination of their heart So in Coloss. 1. 21. the Apostle speaketh of enemies in their minde and I will write my Law in their heart ler. 31. 33 is expounded in their minds Heb. 10. 16. rebuking thou shalt rebuke that is thou shalt in any wise rebuke 〈◊〉 plainly soundly reprove The originall signifieth to rebuke with conviction or argument by words to shew what is right and to refell the contrary as to reason Iob 13. 3. Esay 1. 18. to convince Iob 32. 12. to reprove Esay 11. 4. And it is opposed both unto hatred nourished in silence as here and in 2 Samuel 13. 22. and unto flattery Prov. 28. 23. The same Law is given by Christ in Luk. 17. 3. If thy brother sinne against thee rebuke him and if he repent forgive him This duty David desired saying Let the just smite me c. and let him rebuke me Psalme 141. 5. and it is the meanes both to nourish love among the wise Prov. 9. 8. and to encrease knowledge among the prudent Prov. 19. 25. and to procure a goodblessing Prov. 24. 25. The Hebr. doctors say He that seeth his neighbour sin or walk in a way not good is commanded to admonish him to doe better and to certifie him that he sinneth against himselfe by his evill deeds as it is written Rebuking thou shalt rebuke thy neighbour He that rebuketh his neighbour whether it be for things betweene him and him or betweene him and God he must rebuke him betweene him and himselfe alone and speake unto him gently and with a soft tongue and let him know that he speaketh not unto him but for his good to bring him to the life of the world to come If he receive it of him it is well if not let him rebuke him the second and third time and so continually a man is bound to rebuke him untill the sinner resist him and say I will not heare thee Maimony in Degnoth ch 6. sect 7. not beare sinne for him This is the usuall and proper meaning of the Hebrew words as after in Leviticus 22. 9. Numbers 18. 32. and the Greeke and Chaldee versions so explaine it and Chazkuni confirmeth it by the like Gnalaiu saith hee for his sake sake as in Psal. 44. for for thy sake are wee killed all the day c. It teacheth that he who rebuketh not his brother for sinne shall beare sinne that is punishment for his sake because
9. 26. what uncircumcision is see Genes 27. be humbled or be bowed downe which the Greeke translateth be a shamed the Chaldee be broken It is opposed unto pride 2 Chronicles 32. 26. Iob 40. 12. and implieth their repentance and turning to the Lord as in 2 Chronicles 30. 11. Whereupon God saith If my people upon whom my name is called shall humble themselves and pray and seeke my face and turne from their wicked wayes then will I heare from heaven and will for give their sinne c. 2 Chronicles 7. 14. accept of their iniquitie that is of the punishment of their iniquitie as iniquity and sinne is often used for punishment Genesis 19. 15. Leviticus 20. 17. 19. 20. and to accept of that is willingly to beare it and contentedly to injoy it the word before used in verse 34. where the land should injoy her sabbathes or pay for the same This phrase is used in Esa. 40. 2. where Ierusalem is comforted because her iniquitie is accepted of or payed when she hath received of the Lords hand double for all her sinnes Vers. 42. Then will I Hebr. And I will remember This remembrance of God signifieth his performance of the thing promised as hee saith I have remembred my convenant c. and I will bring you out from under the burdens of the Egyptians c. Exod. 6. 5. 6. So our remembring of Gods precepts is expounded for to doe them Psal. 103. 18. And under this promise Gods mercie towards them is implied as Moses elsewhere saith For Iehovah thy God is a mercifull God he will not forsake thee neither destroy thee nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them Deut. 4. 31. And David And he remembred for them his covenant and repented according to the multitude of his mercies Psal. 106. 45. my covenant with Iacob the Greeke translateth the covenant of Iakob c. the Chaldee my covenant that was with Iakob c. The remembring of this covenant with their ancestors meaneth the accomplishment of the gracious promises made in respect of Christ unto forgivenesse of sinnes and Sanctification of the Spirit Therefore when Christ the horne of salvation was raised up in the house of David God is said to doe mercie with our fathers and to remember his holy covenant the oath which hee sware to our father Abraham c. Luke 1. 69. 72. 73. 75. The like grace is promised in Ezekiel 16. 60. c. So whiles Daniel was confessing his sinne and the sinne of his people Israel the Angel Gabriel came and told him of the comming of Christ to finish the transgression and to seale up sinnes and to make atonement for iniquitie and to bring in everlasting righteousnesse Daniel 9. 20. 24. For the Lord will not cast-off for ever but though hee cause griefe yet will he have compassion according to the multitude of his mercias Lamentation 3. 31. 32. This Thai 〈…〉 called Ionathans expoundeth e 〈…〉 is verse thus Then will I remember in mercie the covenant which I covenanted with Iakob at Bethâ—l Gen. 35. and also the covenant which I covenantâ—d with Isaak in mount Morijah Gen. 22. and also the covenant which I covena 〈…〉 d with Abraham but 〈◊〉 the peeces of the sacrifices Gen. 15. Whereas other-where the covenant is usually mentioned once and from Abraham doâ—neward to Isaak and so to Iakob as is to be seene in Exod. 2. 24. and 6. 3. 4. here God mentioneth his covenant thrice for more confirmation and beginning with Iakob goeth upward to Abraham the father of the faithfull so leading them by degrees to his first and most ancient promises and in them to Christ whose Gospell was preached to Abraham and such as be Christs are Abrahams seed and heyres according to the promise Gal. 3. 8. 29. the land which shall againe be inhabited and tilled as it is written In the day that I shall have cleansed you from all your iniquities I will also cause you to dwell in the cities and the wastes shall be builded and the desolate land shall bee tilled whereas it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by c. Ezek. 36. 33. 34. So another Prophet saith O Lord thou hast beene favourable to thy land thou hast returned the captivity of Iakob and our land shall give her fruit c. Psal. 85. 2. 13. And these promises have also their accomplishment in Christ who pronounced this blessing to the meeke that they shall inherit the laud Matth. 5. 5. But that earthly land wherein they and their fathers so journed was à figure of a better countrie that is an heavenly Heb. 11. 9. 16. Vers. 43. and shall injoy as in verse 34. The Greek translateth then shall the land accept her sabbathes 〈◊〉 because even for because the reason is doubled for the more vehemencie and to imply their often and manifold sinnes in the breaking of his covenant The like phraseis in Ezek. 13. 10. Vers. 44. in the land of their enemies cast out thither for their sinnes and so unworthy of grace being to bee reputed as enemies themselves This commendeth the mercie and free grace of God in Christ for when we were enemies wee were reconciled to God by the death of his Sonne Rom. 5. 10. to consume them This promise was partly fulfilled at their returne out of Babylon as is remembred in Nehem. 9. 31. Neverthelesse for thy great mercies sake thou didst not utterly consume them nor forsake them But chiefly the complement hereof is by the Gospell as the Apostle sheweth in Rom. 11. 26. 28 29. Like promises are made in Dâ—uter 4. 29. 31. Ezek. 24. 22. 23. I am Iehovah or I Iehovah 〈◊〉 their God which on â—his part signifieth his power goodnesse and readinesse to save them and for them it is a signe of blessing for blessed is that people whose God is Iehovah Psal. 144. 15. and 33. 12. Vers. 45. of their 〈…〉 rs or of the first which Targum Ionathan expoundeth the covenant which I 〈◊〉 with their ancient fathers The Greeke translateth it their first covenant when I brought them for 〈…〉 the land of Egypt Which deliverance being a figure of a better by Christ God when hee would assure them of his grace if they turne unâ—o him by faith mentioneth that covenant and redemption For though the covenant of the Gospel be another then that which hee made with them when he brought them out of Egypt as the Apostle sheweth by testimonie of the Prophets Heb. 8. 8. 13. from Ier. 31. yet the covenant or law then given was a Scholemaster unto Christ. Gal. 3. 24. and Christ is the end of the law for righteousnesse to every one that beleeveth Rom. 10. 4. And thus Moses endeth the curses of the Law due to transgressors with promise of grace to the remnant of the Iewes according to the election of grace Rom. 11. 5. which in the latter dayes shall come againe unto him whom he is able to
usually meaneth his loving favour and salvation in Christ as Cause thy face to shine and we shall be saved Psal. 80. 4. 8. 20. and The light of thy face because thou didst favour them Psal. 44. 4. So this second branch respecteth Christ the Lamb which is the light of the world and of the heavenly Ierusalem Ioh. 8. 12. Rev. 21. 23. whose face shined at the Sunne Rev. 1. 16. of whom it is said God who commanded the light to shine out of darknesse hath shined in our hearts giving the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Iesus Christ 2 Cor. 4. 6. So in him is that saying fulfilled In the light of the kings face is life and his favour is as a cloud of the latter raine Prov. 16. 15. And this blessing implyeth deliverance out of miserie as appeareth by Psal. 80. and Dan. 9. 17. who saith Cause thy face to shine upon thy Sanctuarie which is desolate bee gracious or as the Greeke translateth bee mercifull This Grace is opposed to all mans workes with which it cannot stand Rom. 11. 6. and 4. 4. and it is bestowed on whom God will Exod. 33. 19. Rom. 9. 15 16. by which grace we are saved through faith God having shewed the exceeding riches of his grace in his goodnesse towards us through Christ Iesus Ephes. 2. 7. 8. by whom grace raigneth through righteousnesse unto eternall life Rom. 5. 21. Therefore the Apostle blesseth the Churches with the grace of our Lord Iesus Christ Rom. 16. 20. 2 Cor. 13. 13. For the Law was given by Moses but grace and truth came by Iesus Christ Ioh. 1. 17. Verse 26. lift up his face this in men signifieth a comfortable and chearefull countenance and cariage Ioh 29. 24. 2 Sam. 2. 22. so here in God towards his people and by face understand as before the light of his face that is his favour as in Psal. 4. 7. Iehovah lift thou up the light of thy face upon us and it signifieth the applying and communicating of Gods foresaid grace to mans conscience and seeling as after it is said Thou hast put gladnesse in mine heart c. Psal. 4. 8. Thus the first branch of the blessing in verse 24. implieth the love of the Father the second in verse 25. the grace of the Sonne and this third the communion of the Holy Ghost as the Apostle distinctly expoundeth this blessing in 2 Cor. 13. 14. And by this Spirit all gracious gifts of wisedome knowledge faith prophesie and the like are given to the Church 1 Cor. 12. 8-11 The word face sometime meaneth anger as before is noted and the Hebrew Nasa Lift up is sometime used for taking away as in Exod. 10. 19. and so the Chaldee translateth this here The LORD remove or take away his anger from thee The same exposition the Zohar also giveth of this place that wrath may be taken away and not found in the world and give Hebr. and put or dispose unto thee that is communicate with thee which the Greeke translateth give and in the Scriptures one of these words is used for another as hee hath put thee 1 Kings 10. 9. or he hath given thee 2 Chron. 9. 8. So put glory Ios. 7. 19. that is give glory and to put mercie Esai 47. 6. is to give or communicate the same Peace this word generally signifieth all prosperitie and the perfect injoying of all good things it is opposed to war Eccles. 3. 8. to discord and onmitie Ephes. 2. 14 15. Luke 12. 51. to tumult and confusion 1 Cor. 14. 33. and to all adversitie Gen. 43. 27. 2 Kings 4. 26. Ioh. 16. 33. and is therefore added for a conclusion of blessings Psal. 29. 11. 125. 4. 1 Pet. 5. 14. This peace is obtained by Iesus Christ Eph. 2. 14 15 17. Rom. 5. 1. and enjoyed by the Holy Ghost Rom. 8. 6. 9. 14. 17. And the peace of God which passeth all understanding shall guard our hearts and mindes through Christ Iesus Phil. 4. 7. And the Hebrew Doctors expound this peace to be the kingdome of the house of David R. Nathan in Siphri which is true for when the Angell said Unto you is borne this day in the citie of David a Saviour which is Christ the Lord then the heavenly host sang Glory to God in the highest and on earth peace Luke 2. 11 14. and one part of his name is THE PRINCE OF PEACE Esai 9. 6. Verse 27. And they shall the Priests in all ages such as were meet to serve in the Sanctuary performed this as the other services The Hebrew Canons have here their limitations they say Six things doe let from lifting up the hands to blesse 1 the tongue 2 blemishes 3 transgression 4 yeares 5 wine 6 and uncleannesse of hands The tongue as if they stammer and cannot pronounce the letters aright or lisp c. Blemishes as if they have any blemishes in their face hands or feet as if they have crooked fingers c. Transgression as if a Priest hath killed a man though unawares and though hee have repented for it yet may he not lift up his hands Esai 1. 15. Or if the Priest have served idols c. though he have repented for it he may never lift up hands as it is written in 2 Kings 23. 9. The Priests of the high places came not up to the Altar c. and blessing is as a service Deut. 21. 5. Yeares as a young Priest lifteth not up his hands till he be fully come to his age Wine as if he have drunke a quarter of a Log of wine hee may not lift up his hands till hee hath put away his wine from him Levit. 10. 9. Vncleannesse of hands as a Priest that hath not washed his hands may not lift them up to blesse but he must wash his hands as they use to sanctifie them for service and afterwards hee blesseth Maim treat of Prayer chapt 15. sect 1- -5 put my name or impose my name which the Chaldee expoundeth shall put the blessing of my name and Chazkuni saith the memoriall of my name in every blessing It seemeth to be meant of the Priests gesture that they should lift up their hands towards the people as did Aaron Levit. 9. 22. for a signe that the name and blessing of God was imposed upon them and The name of Iehovah is a strong tower the righteous runneth into it and is safe Prov. 18. 10. So now in Baptisme the name of the Father Sonne and Holy Ghost is put upon us Matth. 28. 19. and they that inhabit Ierusalem which is from above see the face of God and his name 〈◊〉 in their fore-heads Rev. 22. 4. I will blesse them the Greeke addeth I the LORD will blesse them and Ionathan in his Thargū paraphraseth I by my word will blesse them and Chazkuni explaineth it that the Priests should not say we have blessed Israel God here annexeth a promise to this
cups and two knops and two flowers in the branch of the Candlesticke Exod. 25. 34. and moreover a third flower was next to the shaft of the Candlesticke Num. 8. 4. And it had three feet And three other knops were on the branch of the Candlestick from which knops there proceedeth six branches three on the one side three on the other and in every of them branches were three bowles and a knop and a flower and all made like Almonds So there were in all two and twenty bowles and nine flowers and eleven knops And they all were requisite so that if there wanted one of these two and fortie it hindred all the rest The bowles were like the cups of Alexandria wide at the mouth and narrow at the bottome The knops were like the apples or heads of leeks somewhat long like an egge The flowers were like the flowers of Ammudinis which are like a dish whose lip is doubled on the outside The height of the Candlestick was eighteene handbredths that is three cubits The feet and the flower were three hand-bredths then two handbredths smooth then a hand-bredth wherein was a bowle a knop and a flower Then two handbredths smooth then a handbredth knop and out of it issued two branches one on this side and another on that which went up as high as the Candlesticke Then an handbredth smooth and an hand-bredth knop with two branches issuing out of it as high also as the Candlesticke Then an handbredth smooth an handbredth knop with two branches issuing from it as high as the Candlesticke Then two handbredths smooth so there remained three handbredths wherein were three bowles a knop and a flower And there was a stone before the Candlesticke wherein were three steps on which the Priest stood and trimmed the Lampes and upon it he set downe the vessell of oyle and the tongs and the snuffe-dishes when he trimmed the Lamps Other things touching the manner of trimming them and the measure of oyle in every one are noted on Exod. 27. 21. This Candlesticke figured the Law of God shining in the Tabernacle of his Church with the oyle of grace in the seven lampes which are the seven spirits of God Rev. 4. 5. The Commandement is a Lampe and the Law a light Prov. 6. 23. so is the propheticall word as a light shining in a darke place 2 Pet. 1. 19. And as the Candlesticke was of solid beaten worke and the oyle of beaten olive Levit. 24. 2. so is the preaching and practise of the Law laborious and with much affliction 2 Tim. 1. 8. and 2. 3. And the worke of Christ and of his Ministers was signified by the Priests continuall ordering and trimming of these Lamps the lighting of one Lamp from another shewed the opening and inlightning of one place of Scripture by another and the middle Lampe lighted from the fire of the Altar signified that the fountaine of all light and knowledge commeth from Christ who hath the seven spirits of God Revel 3. 1. figured by the seven lamps of fire Rev. 4. 5. The varietie of cups knops and flowers taught the sundry things that are in the scriptures histories precepts prophesies parables c. And as seven is the number of perfection so by the seven branches and lamps the full perfection of the Scriptures is shewed which are able to make us wise unto salvation through the faith which is in Christ Iesus and perfect throughly furnished unto every good worke 2 Tim. 3. 15 16 17. This Candlestick might also be a figure of the Church shining as lights in the world and holding forth the word of life Phil. 2. 15 16. as the seven golden Candl-sticks in Revel 1. 20. were the seven Churches in Asia in the middest of which Christ our great high Priest walked to order their light and to powre the oyle of his grace into their lamps which Church is in nature one in Christ though it hath many particular Churches as branches out of one stocke the chiefe branch whereof was the Church of Israel from whose light we all receive light they having first received the Oracles of God See Rom. 3. 2. and 11. 16 17 18 c. 2 Pet. 1. 19. So the state of the Church by the word and Spirit of God is set forth by a vision of the Candlestick whose lamps are filled with oyle from two olive trees Zach. 4. Rev. 11. and Iohn the Baptist a preacher of the word of grace is called a burning and shining lamp Ioh. 5 3 5. the patterne Hebr. the shew or vision appearance that is the patterne shewed as Exod. 25. 40. This teacheth that no other ground or forme of doctrine or of the Church is to be brought in than that which is shewed of God 2 Tim. 1. 13. 1 Tim. 1. 3 4. 3. 15. Mat. 28. 20. Eccl. 12. 11 12. Vers. 6. Levites the residue of the tribe of Levi besides the Priests whose consecration is described in Levit. 8. unto whom the other Levites were adjoyned to assist them in the service of Gods Sanctuarie as was signified before in Num. 3. 6. c. but their consecration is shewed in this chapter from among the sonnes hereupon the Levites as in office so in name are distinguished from the other Israelites as are also the Priests from the Levites 1 Chron. 9. 2. the Israelites the Priests the Levites and the Nethinims cleanse them or purifie them after the manner following This though it were the dutie of all the people to be cleane and pure when they came to the Sanctuary 2 Chron. 23. 19. 2 Cor. 7. 1. yet in speciall manner it belonged to the ministers which did beare the vessels of the Lord Esai 52. 11. Ezr. 6. 20. so the Apostles among other graces wherby they approved themselves as the ministers of God nameth one to be by purenesse 2 Cor. 6. 4. 6. Verse 7. Sin-water that is the water of purification from sin which was made with the ashes of an heiffer whereof the Law is after given in Nuâ— 19. As the sacrifice that maketh expiation for 〈◊〉 is called the sin offring so this purifying water is called the water of sinne which the Greeke expoundeth the water of purification And this water sprinkled on the uncleane sanctified to the purifying of the flesh but figured the bloud of Christ which purgeth the conscience from dead workâ— to serve the living God Heb. 9. 13 14. all their 〈◊〉 in Greeke all their body that is shave off all theâ—r haire which was another signe of purification as in the cleansing of the Leper he shaved off all his haire Lev. 14. 8 9. and in the cleansing of the polluted Nazirite Num. 6. 9. So the Levites which were in themselves as lepers that is sinners are cleansed through faith in Christ. their clothes their garments an other rite used in purifying the uncleane Exod. 19. 10. Levit. 14. 9. and 15. 5. By these three rites were signified the purifying from
before Iehovah R. Menachem â—rom former authours speaketh of these phrases here used unto the LORD and before the LORD that it is meant of him and his Iudgment hall wherby iâ— appeareth that the mysterie of the Trinitie in thâ— Godhead was of old beleeved by the Iewes though how they oppugne the same For there was no Court or Iudgement hall in Israel lesse than of three Iudges and being by them here and in other places applied unto God and in case of sacrifice and expiation of sinne which they did hold peculiar unto God alone it sheweth that they once acknowledged a Trinity of persons in the God-head to whom sacrifices for the sinnes of men were offered Verse 26. and the stranger the beleeving gentile as the Greeke translateth and the proselyte that commeth unto you Thus the Lord sheweth himselfe to be the God of the Gentiles also Rom. 3. 29. Vers. 27. if one soule or any soule that is any person the Chaldee expoundeth it one man So in Lev. 4. 27. through ignorance in Greeke unwillingly This also by the Hebrewes as Sol. Iarchi here is expounded of the sinne of idolatrie of her first yeare Hebr. daughter of her yeare in Greeke a yeareling see the notes on Exod. 12. 5. In Levit. 4. 32. he might also bring an ewe-lamb for his sinne which may likewise be understood here But Sol. Iarchi saith For other transgressions a particular man bringeth an ewe-lamb or a she-goat but for this of idolatrie a she-goat is appointed Verse 29. one law shall be to you that is yee shall have one law the Greeke translateth one law shall be among them or for them that doth or that committeth to wit the sinne through ignorance in Greeke whosoever doth unwillingly Thus the Law promiseth grace in Christ in that it appointeth sacrifices and priests that can have compassion on the ignorant and on them that erre Heb. 5. 2. In this faith David prayeth unto God Ignorances or Unadvised errours who doth understand cleanse thou me from secret sins Ps. 19. 13. Vers. 30. the soule in Chaldee the man with an high hand that is boldly proudly and presumptuously as the Greeke translateth with the hand of pride and Targum Ionathan with pr 〈…〉 or presumption This phrase when it is spoken of good workes meaneth boldnesse courage and magnanimitie in heart and cariage as Israel went out of Egypt with an high hand Num. 33. 3. Exod. 14. 8. but here of evill it meaneth pride and presumption shewing it selfe openly and boldly which Onkelos in Chaldee expoundeth with an uncovered head as being not ashamed of the deed for when men were ashamed they used to cover their heads Ier 14. 4. Of like sort is the high arme in Iob 38. 15. where the Greeke also expoundeth it the arme of the proud and the high or lofty eyes Psal. 18. 28. and 131. 1. reproacheth or blasphemeth which the Greeke and Chaldee translate provoketh to anger It meaneth a reproaching with words as in 2 King 19. 6. 22. and is applied here unto deeds as also in Ezek. 20. 27. yet in this your fathers have reproached or blasphemed me in that they have trespassed a trespasse against me So a presumptuous sinner is counted as a blasphemer of God and hath no sacrifice for his sin but is to be cut off And this word Christ hath respect unto in Luke 12. 10. unto him that blasphemeth against the holy Ghost it shall not bee forgiven that soule in Chaldee that man cut 〈◊〉 in Greeke and Chaldee destroyed which phrase the Apostle useth in Act. 3. 23. shal be destroyed from among the people That word meaneth destruction by the hand of God as in 1 Cor. 10. 10. Heb. 11. 28. So the Hebrew Doctors understand the cutting off mentioned in the Law of Moses which sometime is so explained as in Lev. 17. 10. God saith I will cut him off from among his people But if there were witnesses of the fact the Magistrates punished them either by death or beating see the notes on Deut. 25. 2. Vers. 31. despised the word or contemned 〈◊〉 it at nought as vile dishonoured it Hereupon is that proverbe He that despiseth the word shall be destroyed but he that feareth the commandement shall be rewarded Prov. 13. 13. broken or disanulled frustrated made void it is opposed unto stablishing or confirming This word Christ useth in Mark 7. 9. Full well yee frustrate the commandement of God Vsually it is applied to the breaking of the covenant of God as in Ger. 17. 14. Levit. 15. 44. and often in the Prophets sometime of the Law and commandements Psal. 119. 126. Ezr. 9. 14. Heb. 10. 28. shall utterly be cut off or shall be cut off with cutting off the doubling of the word is for more certainty and speed and as the Hebrew Doctors gather from it in this world and in the world to come See the annotations on Gen. 17. 14. So R. Menachem here saith Although we finde Apostates from God to live more than 50. yeares and that they are not cut off from the 〈◊〉 of this world yet know that their deserts hang upâ—â— them in this world and vengeance shall be taken 〈◊〉 them abundantly in the world to come 〈◊〉 quitie or the iniquitie of it of the soule that is of the person shall be upon it or in it or with 〈◊〉 By iniquitie understanding punishment for iniquitie as in Gen. 19. 15. and as Sinne is for the punishment of sin Lev. 22. 9. Or we may take iniquitie properly as Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it when iniquitie is in him that he repenteth not R. MenacheÌ„ here alleageth an exposition of the ancients that soule shall be cut off and the iniquitie thereof with it as if he should say the iniquity shall cleave unto it after it is cut off to be punished for ever according to that in Esai 66. 24. Their worme shall not die which Ionathan the Chaldee paraphrast expoundeth Their soule shall not die And our Doctors have said It shall be cut off in this world it shal be cut off from the world to come So the Chaldee on Moses which goeth under the name of Ionathan paraphraseth that man shall be destroyed in the world that is to come and shall give account of his sinne at the great day of judgement Verse 32. were in the wildernesse For so saith Chazkuni it was decreed concerning them that they should not come into the land of Canaan In the former commandements of the drinke-offerings and Cake it was written When ye be come into the land c. to teach that they were not to practise them save in the land but the Sabbath was to be kept both within the land and without though it were in the wildernesse and therefore it is written concerning it IN THE WILDERNESSE Verse 34. in ward that is in prison So they dealt with the blasphemer in Lev. 24. 12. it was not declared in Greeke they had not judged or determined Wherefore was it
and grow out of him by the blessing of God who maketh the crie tree to bud or flourish Ezek. 17. 24. as also it is prophesied of the church He shall cause them that come of Iakob to take root Israel shall blessome and bud and fill the face of the world with fruit Esat 27. 6. And the originall word for buds is also useâ— for younglings or youth as in Iob 30. 12. The bles soming or flourishing of this rod figured also the comfortable and glorious effect of the 〈◊〉 〈…〉 tion of the Priests office as Christ is 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 forth â—t the window flourishing thereâ— the 〈◊〉 Serg 2. 9. that we all with open face may 〈◊〉 as in a glasse the glorie of the Lord 2 Cor. 3. 18 and this to the shame of his enemies Psal. 1 32. 18. The Almonds figured the fruits of his administration which hastily should shew forth themselves to the comfort of the Saints and punâ—shment of alâ— that should resist him as unto Ieremie one of Aarons sonnes God shewed in a vision the râ—â— of an Almond tree which hath the name of 〈…〉 ning and opened the same unto him thus Then hast well seene for I will hasten my word to performe it Ier. 1. 11 12. Therefore as soone as Vzziâ—h the King rose up to usurpe the Priests office the leprousie even rose up in his forehead 2 Chron. 26. 18. 19. Vers. 10. Bring againe or Returne Aarons red before the Testimonie in Greeke the Testimonies meaning the Tables of the covenant in the Arke as is noted on vers 4. before which it was laid up and not in it for nothing was in the Arke save the two tables of stone 1 King 8. 9. The Hebrewes record how in Solomons Temple there was a stone in the most holy place in the west part therof on which they set the Arke and before it was the golden pot of Manna and the rod of Aaron Maim tom 3. in Beth habchirah chap. 4. sect 1. to be kept Hebr. for a keeping or reservation As the Manna was kept in the golden pot within the most holy place of the sanctuarie for a reservation and monument to the Israclites that the generations after might see the bread which God had given their fathers to eat in the wildernesse Exod. 16. 32. 34. so this rod was kept in the same place for a reservation and for a signe that all generations might know the confirmation of their Priest 〈◊〉 in Aarons line Both did lead them unto Christ the Manna figuring the flesh of Christ the 〈◊〉 bread from heaven wherewith the faithfull should be nourished unto life eternall Iohâ— 6. 31 32 33. 51. and the rod the Priesthood of Christ whereby they should be reconciled unto God Heb 9. 11 12. Therefore the Apostle mentioneth this budding rod with the pot of Manna among the most memorable things that were kept in the Holy oâ— holies Heb. 9. 3 4. the sonnes of rebellion which the Greeke translateth the disobedient sons meaning the Israelites called sonnes or children of rebellion because they were so much addicted thereunto as if rebellion it selfe had beene their mother so that Moses testified Yee have beene rebellions against the LORD from the day that I knâ—w you Deut. 9. 24. This phrase is common in the Scriptures as a sonne of injurious evilâ— or 〈◊〉 wickednesse Psal. 8. 23. for an injurious or wicked person and sonnes of affliction Prov. 31. 5. for afflicted persons so sonnes of Belial Deut. 13. 〈◊〉 1 Sam. 2. 12. sonnes of disobedience Ephes. 2. 2. and 5. 6. sonnes of the light and of the day 1 Thes. 5. 〈◊〉 children of wisdome Mat. 11. 19. children of obedience 1 Pet. 1. 14. and sundry the like 〈◊〉 shalt quite take away or shalt consume shalt wh 〈…〉 end their murmurings the Greeke translateth it and let their murmuring cease from me and they shall not die Vers. 12. we give up the ghost or have given up the ghost that is died or as the Greeke translateth are consumed This may be taken as an unjust complaint of theirs for the punishments that they had felt and should still feele for their sinnes Or rather as a serious complaint of their owne miserie being under sin and so by the Law under punishment and wrath like that which the Apostle saith I was alive without the Law once but when the commandement came sinne revived and I died and the commandement which was ordained unto life I found to be unto death Rom. 7. 9 10. The Chaldee paraphraseth upon their words thus Behold the sword hath killed some of us and behold the earth hath swallowed some of us and behold some of us are dead with the pestilence And Targum Ionathan thus Behold some of us are consumed with flaming fire and some of us are swallowed up into the earth and perished behold we thinke that as they so we all shall perish Vers. 13. that commeth neere in Greeke that toucheth the Tabernacle Shall we be consumed in giving up the ghost that is shall wee die every one This seemeth to be a deprecation whereby acknowledging their sinnes to be worthy of death they pray for mercy for so questions are often used in earnest deprecations as Wilt thou be angry with us for ever c. Psal. 85. 6. Wilt thou utterly reject us Lam. 5. 22. Wilt thou hold thy peace and afflict us very fore Esay 64. 12. and many the like CHAP. XVIII 1 The different charges of the Priests and of the Levites adjoyned unto them 9 The Priests portion of the peoples offrings and hallowed things and the use of them 21 The Levites portion is the tithes of the Israelites but no inheritance in the land 26. The Levites must give unto the Priests the tenth of their tithes as the Lords heave-offring and the rest themselves should enjoy for a reward of their service ANd Iehovah said unto Aaron Thou and thy sonnes and thy fathers house with thee shall beare the iniquity of the Sanctuary and thou and thy sonnes with thee shall beare the iniquity of your Priest-hood And thy brethren also the tribe of Levi the tribe of thy father bring thou neere with thee that they may be joyned unto thee and minister unto thee but thou and thy sonnes with thee shall minister before the Tent of the Testimony And they shall keepe thy charge and the charge of all the Tent but they shall not come nigh unto the vessels of holinesse and unto the Altar that they die not both they and you And they shall be joyned unto thee and shall keep the charge of the Tent of the Congregation for all the service of the Tent and a stranger shall not come nigh unto you And ye shall keep the charge of the Holy place and the charge of the Altar that there be no servent wrath any more upon the sonnes of Israel And I behold I have taken your brethren the Levites from among the sonnes of Israel to you they are
as it is said in Numb 18. 30. When ye have heaved the fat thereof c. as the tithes which the Levites separate is to be of the fat thereof so the tithe which the Israelites separate from the floore or wine-presse is to be of the fat They pay not the tithe but by measure or by weight or by number He that separateth this tithe blesseth God first as they use to blesse for other commandements so he blesseth for the second tithe and for the poore mens tithe and for the tithe of the tithe hee blesseth for every one severally Maim tom 3. Treat of Tithes chap. 1. sect 1. 13 14 16. Vers. 22. not come nigh any more to serve in the Tabernacle as they did in the rebellion of Korah Num. 16. to beare sinne that is lest they suffer the punishment for their sinne So in vers 23. beare their iniquity as in v. 1. to die or and die see the notes on Gen. 2. 3. this sheweth the punishment to be death the Greeke translateth it deadly or death-bringing sinne Vers. 23. beare their iniquity that is beare the punishment of their owne iniquity if they transgresse and of the peoples if they suffer them to transgresse Thus Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it They the Levites shall beare the iniquity of the Israelites for it is their duty to warne strangers from comming neere unto them Vers. 24. Heave up in Greeke and Chaldee separate unto the Lord so in vers 26. This sheweth the tithes to be an oblation to the Lord and a signe of the Israelites homage subjection and thankfulnesse unto him for his blessings And upon this ground the Apostle proveth Melchisedek to be a greater Priest than Abraham or Aaron because Abraham and all the Levites Priests in his Ioynes payed tithes to Melchisedek Gen. 14. Heb. 7. Now consider how great this man was unto whom even the Patriarch Abraham gave the tenth of the spoiles Heb. 7. 4. Vers. 26. the tithe of the tithe or a tenth part of the tenth Vers. 27. as the fulnesse or as the plenty that is the plentifull increase or the full that is ripe liquour the Greeke translateth it as the separated thing Sol. Iarchi saith Fulnesse meaneth the ripe fruit which is full See the notes on Exod. 22. 29. where this word is also used for Full ripe fruit From hence the Hebrewes gather that seeing the Levites first tithes out of which they payed the Priests tithes were as the corne of the floore and liquour of the presse therefore they were as common things The first tithe is lawfull to be 〈◊〉 by Israelites and lawfull to be eaten in uncleannesse for there is in it no holinesse at all and wheresoever holinesse or redemption of the tithe is spoken of as in Levit 27. it is not meant but of the second 〈…〉 they count the first tithes as common things because it is said And your heave-offring shall be reckoned unto you as the corn of the floore c. as the floore and wine-presse are common for every thing so the first tithe out of which the heave-offring is taken is common for every thing Maimony 〈◊〉 of Tithe chap. 1. s. 2. This is to be understood after the Levites had separated the tenth of the tithe then the rest should be common like the corne of the floore as is explained in vers 30. Vers. 28. Thus you also or So you also you Levites as well as the other Israelites though you have no inheritance in the land yet shall you honour the Lord with an heave-offring out of your first tithe and it shall be reckoned or imputed unto you as if you had lands and possessions and offred tithes out of them to Aaron and so to his posteritie the Priests as was observed in the ages following as it is written And the Priest the sonne of Aaron shall be with the Levites when the Levites take tithes and the Levites shall bring up the tithe of the tithe unto the house of our God to the chambers into the treasure-house Nehem. 10. 38. Thus also are we to understand the Apostle when he saith that the Priests the sonnes of Levi who receive the office of Priest-hood have a commandement to take tithes of the people according to the Law c. Heb. 7. 5. that the Levites tooke them of the people immediately and the Priest mediately in taking the tithe of the tithe from the Levites as this place sheweth compared with Nehem. 10. 37 38. Vers. 29. Out of all your gifts This is more generall and seemeth to imply besides the tenth of their tithe the tenth also of other things as of their owne ground the suburbs and fields which were given to the Levites Num. 35. 4. So Chazkunt here saith Out of all your gifts yee shall heave up to teach that even of the fruit that grew in the fields of the suburbs of the Levites cities they were bound to give unto the Priests c. And it is proportionable that as God was to be honoured with the tithes of other mens lands so of the Levites that they also hereby might signifie their homage and thankfulnesse to God Yea the Hebrews bring the Priests themselves also under this dutie saying Levites and Priests doe separate the first tithe for to separate out of it the heave-offring of the tithe And so the Priests doe separate the other heave-offrings the tithe for themselves that the Priests may receive of all Lest they should eat their fruits untithed the Scripture saith Thus you also shall heave up Numb 18. 28. which we have heard expounded thus YOV these are the Levites ALSO YOV this implieth the Priests Maim Treat of Tithe ch 1. sect 3. the fat that is as the Chaldee expoundeth the best or fairest in Greeke the first-fruits see before on vers 12. 21. So Chazkuni here saith Of all the best and of all the fairest thereof yee shall separate out of it the hallowed part thereof that it may be an heave-offering Vers. 30. the revenue in Greeke the fruit of the threshing-floore This word revenue as the Hebrewes distinguish it is corne after it is cared and after it is threshed and fanned it is called dagan corne Maimony tom 1. in Beracoth ch 3. sect 1. Vers. 31. in every place Sol. Iarchi explaineth it though it be in the place of buriall and that was an uncleane place The first tithes therfore which were paid to the Leviâ—es might be eaten by them as common things in every place but the second tithe which the owners separated after the first and did eat themselves might not be eaten every where but before the Lord only that is within the citie of Ierusalem after the Temple was built therein See Deut. 14. 22 23. c. your house that is your houshold as the Chaldee translateth it the men of your house a reward or wages and so your due for your service so the Apostle speaking of the honour due to the Ministers
Papinius Thebaid 7. top of the mountaine Things that were very memorable and significative are often noted in Scripture to be done in mountaines as being conspicuous remarkable and implying high and heavenly mysteries So the Arke of Noe rested on mount Ararat Gen. 8. 4. Abraham sacrificed his sonne on mount Morijah Gen. 22. 2. c. as the Sonne of God was sacrificed on Calvary Luke 23. 33. The Law of Moses was given upon mount Sinai Exod. 19. the Law of Christ came from mount Sion Mic. 4. 1 2. and on a mountaine he preached the Gospell and expounded the Law Matth. 5. 1 c. Ezekiel in a vision was shewed the city called The Lord is there upon a very high mountaine Ezek. 42. c. and 48. 35. Iohn was also shewed the same citie upon a great and high mountaine Rev. 21. 10. c. Moses himselfe on the mountaine of Nebo viewed all the promised land and died there Deut. 34. 1. 5. and was with Christ when he was transfigured and spake of his death upon an high mountaine Mat. 17. 1 2 3. Luke 9. 30 31. and now he was with Aaron at his death and translation of the Priesthood from him unto Eleazar where he also beheld the end of the Leviticall Priesthood a farre off and so the translation of it and of the law thereof unto Christ whose day he desired Hebr. 7. 11 12. Vers. 29. saw that Aaron had given up the ghost seeing is here for perceiving by knowledge and understanding as by the relation of Moses and Eleazar as also that Aaron came not downe with them So Iakob saw that there was corne in Aegypt when he heard thereof Gen. 42. 1. Act. 7. 12. The people saw the voices Exod. 20. 18. and sundry the like Here also they might see the hand of God chastifing their sin upon Aaron who died now not only for his own transgression but for their sakes as Moses after speaketh of himselfe The Lord was wroth with me for your sakes Deut. 3. 26. yet in beholding his Priesthood continued in his son they might also behold Gods mercy towards them in Christ who should perfectly reconcile them unto God when the Priesthood of the Law which now began to die away should utterly be abolished they wept that is they mourned For publike persons the whole congregation mourned as here for Aaron so for the death of his sonnes Levit. 10. 6. and for the death of Moses Deut. 34. 8. thirty daies See the Annotations on Gen. 50. 10. Mourning for the dead is honourable and here the people mourne for Aaron thirty daies whom they had dishonoured by rebelling against him forty yeares So long also they wept for Moses Deut. 34. 8. and it is the lot of many of the servants of God to have more honour after their death than in their life As Mary the sister the prophetesse of Israel died in the first moneth vers 1. so Aaron the high Priest died in the first day of the fifth moneth in the fortieth yeare after their comming out of Aegypt when he was 123. yeares old Numb 33. 38 39. His buriall also though here omitted is spoken of in Deut. 10. 6. CHAP. XXI 1 The Canaanites fight with Israel and captive some of them but Israel by a vow obtaine helpe of God and destroy them and their cities 4 The people murmuring because of their wants in the way are plagued with fiery serpents 7 They repenting are healed by a brasen serpent 10 Sundry journeyes of the Israelites 16 Their song at Beer for water which God gave them 21 They requesting passage thorow the Amorites country are denied it 24 Israel vanquisheth them and Sihon their King and possesseth their cities 27 Proverbs or Prophesies of Sihons overthrow 33 Og King of Basan fighteth against Israel and is also vanquished and Israel possesseth his land ANd the Canaanite the King of Arad which dwelt in the South heard that Israel came the way of the spies and he fought against Israel and tooke captive of them a captivitie And Israel vowed a vow unto Iehovah and said If giving thou wilt give this people into my hand then I will utterly destroy their cities And Iehovah hearkened to the voice of Israel and gave up the Canaanite and they utterly destroyed them and their cities and he called the name of the place Hormah And they journeyed from mount Hor by the way of the red sea to compasse the land of Edom and the soule of the people was shortned because of the way And the people spake against God and against Moses Wherfore have ye brought us up out of Aegypt to die in the wildernesse for there is no bread neither is there water and our soule loatheth this light bread And Iehovah sent among the people fiery serpēts they bit the people much people of Israel died And the people came unto Moses and said We have sinned for we have spoken against Iehovah against thee Pray unto Iehovah that he take away the serpents from us Moses prayed for the people And Iehovah said unto Moses Make thee a fiery serpent and put it upon a pole and it shall be that every one that is bitten when hee looketh upon it shall live And Moses made a serpent of brasse and put it upon a pole and it was that if a serpent had bitten a man when he beheld the serpent of brasse he lived And the sonnes of Israel journeyed and encamped in Oboth And they journeyed from Oboth and encamped in Ije Abarim in the wildernesse which is before Moab toward the Sunne-rising From thence they journeyed and camped in the valley of Zared From thence they journeyed and camped on the other side of Arnō which is in the wildernesse which commeth out of the border of the Amorite for Arnon is the border of Moab betweene Moab and the Amorite Wherefore it is said in the booke of the warres of Iehovah Vaheb in a whirlewind and the brooks of Arnon And the streame of the brookes which declineth to the situation of Ar and leaneth upon the border of Moab And from thence to Beer that is the Well whereof Iehovah said unto Moses Gather together the people and I wil give them water Then sang Israel this song Spring up O Well answer ye unto it The Well the Princes digged it the Nobles of the people delved it with the Law-giver with their staves And from the wildernesse they journeyed to Mattanah And from Mattanah to Nahaliel and from Nahaliel to Bamoth And from Bamoth to the valley which is in the field of Moab the head of Pisgah and it looketh toward Ieshimon And Israel sent messengers unto Sihon King of the Amorites saying Let me passe thorow thy land we will not turne aside into field or into vineyard we will not drinke of the waters of the well we will go in the kings way untill we be past thy border And Sihon would not grant Israel to passe thorow his border
another as Ierub Baal who was Gedeon Iudg. 8. 35. and 9. 1. is called Ierub-Besheth 2 Sam. 11. 21. Esh-Baal 1 Chro. 8. 33. is called Ish-Bosheth 2 Sam. 2. 10. and Merib Baal 1 Chron. 8. 34. is Mephi-Bosheth 2 Sam. 9. 10. Hereupon it is said Ye set up Altars to that Shame even Altars to burne incense unto Baal Ier. â—1 13. Peor hath the signification of opening the m 〈…〉 th and was the name of this Idoll as some thinke of filthinesse and fornication committed together 〈◊〉 idolatry as this history sheweth and to be that which in other language was called Priapus But as Nebo the god of Babylon hath his name of Prophesying so Peor might likewise be so called of opening the mouth in speech and prophesie as the Scripture mentioneth the prophets of Baal 1 King 18. 22. and of the Prophets that prophesied by Baal Ier. 2. 8. and 23. 13. the anger of Iehovah They provoked him to indignation by their actions and the plague brake in upon them Psal. 106. 29. Thus Balaam by his counsell brought them into sin and so under wrath and curse through their owne default which he could not obtaine of God otherwise against them by any meanes Vers. 4. the heads that is as the Greeke translateth the captaines of the people such as were chiefe in the transgression hang them up the Greeke translateth it Make them a publike example the Chaldee Iudge kill him that is worthy to be killed but Targum Ionathan expoundeth it crucifie them The Law after saith he that is hanged is the curse of God that is accursed of God Deut. 21. 23. so the sinners brought the curse upon themselves before Iehovah or for or unto Iehovah to his honour in doing vengeance on his enemies Both these phrases are used as one in 2 Sam. 21. we will hang them up unto Iehovah v. 6. and they hanged them before â—ehovah vers 9. that the fierce anger or as the Greeke translateth and the fierce anger or heat of the anger of the Lord shall be turned away Signifying that the rooting out of sinners turneth away Gods anger from a people for to doe justice and judgement is more acceptable to the Lord than sacrifice Prov. 21. 3. Vers. 5. his men the men under his government as they were distributed in Exod. 18. 25. Although the Midianites were the beginners of this mischiefe yet God first punisheth and purgeth his Church and after he giveth order to destroy the Midianites vers 17. Num. 31. 2. for judgement must begin at the house of God 1 Pet. 4. 17. Ezek 9. 6. Compare herewith the judgement inflicted for the golden Calfe Exod. 32. 27 c Vers. 6. brought neere this word signifieth a bringing to commit fornication as in Gen. 20. 4. Abimelech had not come neare unto her See the Notes on Levit. 18. 6. they were weeping these circumstances shew the sinne to be done with an high hand in contempt of Moses of the congregation of God himselfe and his iudgements for which the people now wept and so of all religion and with a purpose to stirre up the people unto open rebellion Vers. 8. into the tent The originall word used here for a tent is not the ordinary name but such as signifieth a cave or hollow place and is thought to meane such a tent as was made for fornication and so it more sheweth the height of his impierie that erected such a place of wickednesse her belly in Chaldee her bowels in Greeke her wo 〈…〉 e or matrice the plague was stayed or was restrained this plague which the Chaldee calleth death seemeth to be a pestilence which God sent among the people as the like speech elsewhere sheweth Numb 16. 50. 1 Chron. 21. 22. as also in that David saith the plague brake in upon them Psal. 106. 29. Howbeit the word is sometime used for slaughter by the sword as in 1 Sam. 4. 17. Vers. 9. 24 thousand all the men that had followed Baal-Peor the Lord destroyed them from among his people Deut. 4. 3. The Apostle speaking hereof saith Neither let us commit fornication 〈◊〉 some of them committed and fell in one day three and twenty thousand 1 Cor. 10. 8. It seemeth that one thousand were slaine by the Iudges vers 5. and â—3 thousand by the hand of God of which latter number the Apostle speaketh or one thousand of the chiefe were hanged and the rest slaine by the sword 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here the Hebrewes begin the 41 Section or Lecture of the Law which they call Phinehas Vers. 11. hath turned away in Greeke hath caused my wrath to cease The fact of Phinehas who was but a Priests sonne no ordinary Magistrate and who proceeded not with the malefactors judicially but carried with zeale of God thrust them thorow suddenly might seeme blame-worthy in the eyes of men and might procure him much ill will considering the persons whom he killed the man being a Prince in Israel and the woman a Princes daughter of Midian therefore God here justifieth and rewardeth his work done by the motion of his Spirit hee was zealous with my zeale or he was jealous with my jealousie for Gods cause not his owne The Apostle hath a like speech I am jealous over you with jealousie of God that is with godly jealousie Zeale or jealousie both which are signified by one word in the Hebrew meaneth both a fervent indignation against the sinners and a fervent love unto the Lord shewed in his former act as Targum Ionathan addeth for explanation and hee killed the guilty among them in my zeale or in my jealousie it is the word before used and applied here to God as in Exod. 20. 5. and often Vers. 12. I give in Chaldee I decree of peace understand my covenant the covenant of peace so God saith of Levi my covenant was with him the covenant of life and peace and I gave them unto him for the feare where with he feared me c. Mal. 2. 5. So in this place Targum Ionathan paraphraseth Behold I decree unto him my covenant of peace I wil make him the messenger of my covenant and he shall live for ever to preach the Gospell of redemption in the end of dayes By which words Phinehas in his covenant was a figure of Christ who is called the messenger of the covenant Mal. 3. 1. and hath an everlasting priesthood after the power of an endlesse life Heb. 7. 16 17. and hath both wrought and preached redemption in these latter dayes Heb. 1. 1 2 3. Vers. 13. of an everlasting priesthood meaning untill Christs comming to whom the Priesthood of Aaron was to give place Heb. 7. 11. c. Phinehas himselfe lived to a great old age as appeareth by Iudg. 20. 28. his sonnes successively were high Priests till the captivitie of Babylon 1 Chron. 6. 4. 15. and at the returne out of captivitie Ezra the great Priest and Scribe was of his line Ezra 7. 1.
their sinnes were carried captives out of their land 2 Kings 15. 29. For they transgressed against the God of their fathers and went a whoring after the gods of the people of the land whom God destroyed before them And the God of Israel stirred up the spirit of Pul King of Assyria and the spirit of Tâ—â—gath-pilneser King of Assyria and hee carried them away even the Reubenites and the Gadites and the halfe tribe of Manasses and brought them unto H 〈…〉 and Habor and Hara and to the river Go 〈…〉 unto this day 1 Chron. 5. 25 26. CHAP. XXXIII 1 Two and fortie journies of the Israelites thoâ—â—â— the wildernesse from Egypt to Iordan 50 A commandement to destroy the Canaanites and their 〈…〉 ments of idolatire 54 The land must be dividâ—d by lot 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 THese are the journies of the sonnes of Israel which went forth out of the land of Egypt by their armies by the hand of Moses and Aaron And Moses wrote their goings out according to their journies at the mouth of Iehovah and these are their journies according to their goings out And they journied from Rameses in the first moneth in the fifteenth day of the first moneth on the morrow after the Passeover the sons of Israel went out with an high hand in the eyes of all the Egyptians And the Egyptians buried those which Iehovah had smitten among them every first-horne upon their gods also Iehovah executed judgments And the sons of Israel journied from Rameses and encamped in Succoth And they journied from Succoth encamped in Etham which is in the edge of the wildernesse And they journied from Etham and turned againe unto Pi-hahiroth which is before Baal-zephon and they encamped before Migdol And they journied from before Hiroth and passed thorow the midst of the sea into the wildernesse and went three dayes journie in the wildernesse of Etham and encamped in Marah And they journied from Marah and came unto Elim and in Elim were twelve fountaines of water and seventie Palme trees and they encamped there And they journied from Elim and encamped by the red sea And they journied from the red sea and encamped in the wildernesse of Sin And they journied from the wildernesse of Sin and encamped in Dophkah And they journied from Dophkah and encamped in Alush And they journied from Alush and encamped in Rephidim and there was no water there for the people to drinke And they journied from Rephidim and encamped in the wildernesse of Sinai And they journied from the wildernesse of Sinai and encamped in Kibroth hattavah And they journied from Kibroth hattaavah and encamped in Hazeroth And they journied from Hazeroth and encamped in Rithmah And they journied from Rithmah and encamped in Rimmon Parez And they journied from Rimmon Parez and encamped in Libnah And they journied from Libnah and encamped in Rissah And they journied from Rissah and encamped in Kehelathah And they journied from Kehelathah and encamped in mount Shapher And they journied from mount Shapher and encamped in Haradah And they journied from Haradah and encamped in Makheloth And they journied from Makheloth and encamped in Tahath And they journied from Tahath and encamped in Tarah And they journied from Tarah and encamped in Mithkah And they journied from Mithkah and encamped in Hashmonah And they journied from Hashmonah and encamped in Moseroth And they journied from Moseroth and encamped in Bene-Iaakan And they journied from Bene-Iaakan and encamped in Horhagidgad And they journied from Horhagidgad and encamped in Iotbathah And they journied from Iotbathah and encamped in Ebronah And they journied from Ebronah and encamped in Ezion-gaber And they journied from Ezion-gaber and encamped in the wildernesse of Zin which is Kadesh And they journied from Kadesh and encamped in mount Hor in the edge of the land of Edom. And Aaron the Priest went up into mount Hor at the mouth of Iehovah and died there in the fortieth yeare after the sonnes of Israel were come out from the land of Egypt in the fift moneth in the first day of the moneth And Aaron was an hundred and twentie and three yeres old when he died in mount Hor. And the Canaanite the King of Arad which dwelt in the South in the land of Canaan heard of the comming of the sonnes of Israel And they journied from mount Hor and encamped in Zalmonah And they journied from Zalmonah and encamped in Punon And they journied from Punon and encamped in Oboth And they journied from Oboth and encamped in Ije-Abarim in the border of Moab And they journied from Ijim and encamped in Dibon G And they journied from Dibon Gad and encamped in Almon Diblathaim And they journied from Almon-Diblathaim and encamped in the mountaines of Abarim before Nebo And they journied from the mountaines of Abarim and encamped in the plaines of Moab by Iordan neere Iericho And they encamped by Iordan from Beth jeâ—imoth even unto Abel Shittim in the plaines of Moab And Iehovah spake unto Moses in the plaines of Moab by Iordan neere Iericho saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel and say unto them When yee are passed over Iordan into the land of Canaan Then ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you and destroy all their pictures and all their molten Images yee shall destroy and quite plucke downe all their high places And ye shall dispossesse the land and dwell therein for unto you have I given the land to possesse it And ye shall divide the land by lot for an inheritance among your families to the many ye shall give them the more inheritance and to the few thou shalt give them the lesse inheritance wheresoever the lot shal come forth for him his shall it be according to the tribes of your fathers ye shall inherit But if yee will not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you then it shall be that those which ye let remaine of them shall be pricks in your eies and thornes in your sides and shall vex you in the land wherein yee dwell And it shall be that I will doe unto you as I thought to doe unto them Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the 43 Lecture of the Law called the journies see Gen. 6. 9. THe journies or the removings to wit from place to place which was a signe of their unsetled estate as not being yet come unto their rest Deut. 12. 9. Figuring the unstaiednesse of the Church under Moses law otherwise than under the Gospell of Christ where we which have beleeved doe enter into rest Heb. 4. 3. Of which unmoveable state it is prophesied Looke upon Zion the citie of our solemnities thine eyes shall see Ierusalem a quiet habitation a Tabernacle that shall not be taken downe not one of the stakes thereof shall ever be removed neither shall any of the cords thereof be broken Esay 33. 20. The complement hereof is shewed by the Apostle saying that this word
in Ps. 94. â—2 Though chastening bee often with workes as Levit. 26. 18 28. Deut. 8. 5. yet is it also with words is here where the Chaldee translateth it teach and Prov. 9. 7. and 31. 1. Ezek. 23. 48. Iob 4. 3. the fire before he said out of heaven and now out of the middest of the fire for though the voice came out of heaven Israel perceived it not but onely out of the fire saith R. Menachem on Deut. 4. Vers. 37. therefore he chose or and chose that is loved his seed after him therefore he brought thee out Gods love and election out of love is the cause of mans redemption and salvation his seed that is the seed of thy fathers every one particularly as the promise was made to Abraham then to Isaac and after that to Iacob severally The Greeke and Chaldee translate it plurally their seed or sonnes after them in his sight or with his face or presence The Greeke saith he brought thee out himselfe the Chaldee he brought thee out by his word Thus the face or presence of God may imply Christ the Word the Angell of Gods face Esa. 63. 9. He it was that brought Israel out as 1 Cor. 10. 1 9. and the signe of his presence was in the pillar of the cloud and fire Exod. 13. 21. and 14. 19 20. Vers. 38. to drive out to wit out of possession as the originall word implyeth or to disinherit the Greeke saith to destroy or root out as it is the Greek addeth as thou hast this day Meaning of the land of Sihon and Og which they had now in possession a signe of further victorie Deut. 3. 21. Vers. 39. And thou shalt know or know and acknowledge therefore see vers 35. The knowledge of and obedience unto God is continually urged upon the remembrance of his former mercies So 1 Chron. 28. 9. cause it to returne or bring againe reduce that is call to minde and consider that not onely for the present but alwaies after Gods true feare might continue in them So in Deut. 30. 1. where this phrase is used see the annotations there Vers. 40. all daies this may be referred both to the latter the possessing of the land and to the former the welfare and length of life In Mat. 28. 20. all daies is explained unto the end of the world Vers. 42. unwittingly or without knowledge therof unawares See the law for this in Num. 35. 9 10 c. and after in Deut. 19. 2. in times past or in former daies Hebr. from yesterday and the third day See Gen. 31. 2. Vers. 43. Bezer in Greeke Bofâ—r see Ios. 20. 8. and 21. 36. 38. 27. 1 Chron. 6. 78 80. Golan in Greeke Gaulon Vers. 44. this is He meaneth that which hereafter followeth so this belongeth to the next chapter where the repetition of the lawes beginneth Vers. 45. after they came forth Hebr. in their comming forth but In is often used for After as is noted on Exod. 2. 23. so againe in vers 46. Vers. 46. Beth-peor in Greeke the house of Phogor an Idoll Temple see Deut. 3. 29. Amorites Hebr. Amorite in Greeke Amorreans smote that is killed as is noted on Gen. 14. 17. This victorie is here again touched the more to stir up the hearts of the people to obey Gods law who had begun to shew them his power and goodnesse Vers. 48. banke Hebr. lip Sion in Greeke Seon. This is not that which usually the Scripture calleth mount Zion in Ierusalem but otherwise written and called Hermon see Deut. 3. 9. Vers. 49. sea of the plaine the sea of salt Deut. 3. 17. the lake of Sodome or dead sea Ashdoth Pisgah or the springs of Pisgah see the notes on Deut. 3. 17. CHAP. V. 1 Mosesrehear seth the covenant that God made with Israel at Horeb. 6 The ten Commandements 22 the manner of the speaking and writing of them 24 The people being afraid did request Moses to receive the Law from God and to speake it unto them 28 The Lord liked their motion 30 and sent them into their tents 31 but willed Moses to stay and heare the Law which hee was to teach Israel to observe and doe for their good AND Moses called unto all Israel and said unto them Heare O Israel the statutes and the judgments which I speake in your eares this day and yee shall learne them and keepe to doe them Iehovah our God stroke a covenant with vs in Horeb. Not with our fathers stroke Iehovah this covenant but with us even us who are all of us here alive this day Iehovah spake unto you face to face in the mount out of the middest of the fire I standing betweene Iehovah and you at that time to shew unto you the word of Iehovah for yee were afraid by reason of the fire and went not up into the mount saying I Iehovah thy God which have brought thee out from the land of Egypt from the house of servants Thou shalt not have any other Gods before my face Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven thing any likenesse of things which are in the heavens above or which are in the earth beneath or which are in the waters beneath the earth Thou shalt not bow downe thy selfe to them neither serve them for I Iehovah thy God am a jealous God visiting the iniquitie of the fathers upon the sonnes and upon the third and upon the fourth generation of them that hate me And doing mercy unto thousands of them that love mee and of them that keepe his commandements Thou shalt not take up the name of Ieho 〈…〉 〈…〉 y God in vaine for Iehovah will not hold him guiltles that shall take up his name in vaine Keepe thou the Sabbath day to sanctifie it as Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee Six daies shalt thou labour and shalt 〈◊〉 all thy worke But the seventh day is a Sabbath to Iehovah thy God in it thou shalt not doe any worke thou or thy sonne or thy daughter or thy man-servant or thy woman-servant or thine oxe or thine asse or any of thy cattell or thy stranger which is within thy gates that thy man-servant and thy woman-servant may rest as well as thou And thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in the land of Egypt and Iehovah thy God brought thee out thence by a strong hand and by a streched-out arme Therefore Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee to doe the Sabbath day Honour thy father and thy mother as Iehovah thy God hath commanded thee that thy daies may be prolonged and that it may be well with thee upon the land which Iehovah thy God giveth thee Thou shalt not kill Neither shalt thou commit adulterie Neither shalt thou steale Neither shalt thou answer a false witnesse against thy neighbour Neither shalt thou covet thy neighbours wife neither shalt thou desire thy neighbours house his field or his man-servant or his woman-servant his oxe or his asse or any thing
which is thy neighbours These words Iehovah spake unto all your assembly in the mount out of the middest of the fire of the cloud and of the thicke darknesse with a great voyce and he added no more and he wrote them on two tables of stones and gave them unto mee And it was when yee heard the voice out of the middest of the darknesse and the mountain burning with fire that yee came neere unto mee all the heads of your tribes and your Elders And yee said Behold Iehovah our God hath shewed us his glory and his greatnesse and wee have heard his voyce out of the middest of the fire this day wee have seene that God doth speake with man and hee liveth And now why should wee dye for this great fire will consume us if we adde to heare the voice of Iehovah our God any more then we shall dye For who is there of all flesh that hath heard the voice of the living God speaking out of the middest of the fire as wee have and lived Goe neere thou and heare all that Iehovah our God shall say and do thou speake unto us all that Iehovah our God shall speake unto thee and we will heare and do it And Iehovah heard the voyce of your words when yee spake unto me and Iehovah said unto me I have heard the voice of the words of this people which they have spoken unto thee they have well said all that they have spoken Who will give that their heart may bee such in them to feare me and to keepe all my commandements all daies that it may bee well with them and with their sonnes for ever Goe say to them Get you againe into your rents But thou stand thou here with me and I will speake unto thee all the commandement and the statutes and the judgements which thou shalt teach them that they may doe them in the land which I give to them to possesse it And yee shall observe to doe as Iehovah your God hath commanded you yee shall not turne aside to the right hand or to the left You shall walke in all the way which Iehovah your God hath commanded you that yee may live and that it may bee well with you and yee may prolong your dayes in the land which yee shall possesse Annotations IN your eares that is in your hearing and to your understanding the Chaldee translateth it before you Here Moses purposing to repeat the ten commandements prepareth the eares and hearts of the people unto obedience to do or and doe see the notes on Gen. 2. 3. Vers. 2. stroke Heb. cut a covenant the reason of which phrase is shewed on Gen. 15. 18. in Horeb or at Choreb called also Sinai see Exod. 19. 20. and 24. 8. God though he might absolutely command yet vouchsafed to enter into covenant with his people that by mutuall stipulation and promises he might have not constrained but free and voluntarie obedience performed by them to his glory and their further good Vers. 3. fathers which are dead hereby all the Patriarchs unto Adam may be meant who had the promise of the covenant of Christ but the covenant of the Law came after as the Apostle observeth Gal. 3. 17. Or it may meane our fathers onely as Iarchi here expoundeth it such as died in the wildernesse after the Law was given See also Deut. 11. 2. even us or we are they which are here this day the Greeke translateth you are here all alive this day So the covenāt was yet fresh in memorie Also they had a greater benefit than their fathers for though the Law could not give the life yet was it a Schoolemaster unto Christ Gal. 3. 21. 24. Vers. 4. face to face that is openly clearely plainly as Exod. 33. 11. Gen. 32. 30. Deut. 34. 10. 1 Cor. 13. 12. opposed to the darke visions by which God before time revealed his will Vers. 5. I standing or stood as the Greeke translateth And I stood between the Lord which the Chaldee calleth the Word of the Lord. Thus the Law was given in the hand of a mediator Gal. 3. 19. for God and the people were not one by reason of their sinnes therefore they were afraid Vers. 6. servants in Greeke and Chaldee servitude God redeemed Israel not onely from outward slaverie but from the idolatrie of Egypt Ezak 20. 5. 9 and 〈◊〉 their gods 2 Sam. 7. 23. therefore he commanded them to have no other gods before his face See the annotations upon Exod. 20. where these commandements are more largely opened Vers. 7. any other gods or another god see the notes on Deut. 4. 7. Vers. 8. graven thing the Chaldee translateth it Image any the Greeke saith nor the likenesse of any thing The word or is in Exod. 20. 4. Vers. 10. his commandements or his commandement meaning all and every one of them or the whole Law in generall see the notes on vers 31. The like is in Deut. 8. 2. and 27. 10. The Greeke and Chaldee translate my commandements and so Moses wrote in Exod. 20. 6. but here he changeth the person as Daniel also in his prayer faith O Lord c. keeping covenant and mercie to them that love him to them that keepe his commandements Dan. 9. 4. We may also observe such changes in the other Prophets as to make him a name 2 Sam. 7. 23. for which in 1 Chron. 17. 21. is written to make thee a name so in 2 Sam. 14. 22. Vers. 12. Keepe or Observe for this in Exod. 20. 8. he said Remember as Iehovah c. this sentence is added more than in Exod. 20. 8. So againe in the fift commandement vers 16. And these two charges onely are affirmative all the other are prohibitions Vers. 14. Oxe c. these particulars are also here added for explanation as well as thou or even as thou This reason was not expressed in Exod. 20. 10. And it sheweth that the Sabbath was commanded in part for the ease of servants which were of the heathens that were round about them Lev. 25. 44. Vers. 15. to doe that is to celebrate the Greeke translateth to keepe the Sabbath day and to sanctifie it In Exod. 20. 11. the creation of the world is there rendred as a reason which is here omitted and the comming out of Egypt which seemeth to be on the Sabbath day is here made a reason of observing this day For it was a figure of deliverance out of spirituall bondage by Christ as is shewed upon Exodus and lo fit to bee meditated on upon the Sabbath Vers. 16. be well with thee or good may be done unto thee This branch of the promise is more than was expressed in Exod. 20. 12. and this addition the Apostle also citeth in Ephes. 6. 3. but putteth it there in the first place changing the order of the words which the Scripture often doth as may be seene in 2 King 11. 8. compared with 2 Chron. 23. 7. Ioel
figure ouâ— gracious men from whose doctrine and conversation heavenly comforts doe flow in the Church Iudg. 9. 8. 13. Song 4. 13. and 6. 10. Hos. 10. 1. and 14. 7 8. Psal. 1. 3. and 52. 10. Vers. 9. eat bread so having the fruition of Gods blessings therein which sometime men have not though the land be fruitfull as Deut. 28. 30. 33. 39. 40. And for their sinnes it came to passe that they did eat bread by weight and with care Ezek. 4. 16. brasse these latter are for munition and other uses as the former were for food so all good things are implyed See also Deut. 33. 25. The mountaines as Gods store-houses were not onely fruitfull on the upmost face of them with corne and grasse and trees of sundry sorts but within their bowels as it were bred minerals and metals of great use for man iron is taken out of the dust and Brasse is molten out of the stone Iob 28. 2. Vers. 10. be full or satisfied which is a blessing that God giveth to the righteous Prov. 13. 25. Ps. 147. 14. the contrary to the wicked Mic. 6. 14. Hag. 1. 6. shalt blesse Iehovah that is shalt give him thankes as where it is said that Iesus tooke bread and blessed Mark 14. 22. another Evangelist saith he tooke bread and gave thankes Luke 22. 19. And as our Saviour teacheth us to blesse before we eat Mat. 14. 19 20. so this law chargeth us to blesse after we have eaten and as for meat and drinke so for other good things which we receive of God as David saith Blesse the LORD O my soule and forget not all his benefits Psal. 103. 2. and the Apostle commandeth In every thing give thankes for this is the will of God in Christ Iesus concerning you 1 Thes. 5. 18. The Hebrewes from this Law of Moses teach that although it be here said thou shalt eat and be full and thou shalt blesse c. yet if a man eat but a morsell so much as an olive he is to blesse after it And he is bound to blesse for all meat first and afterward to use it likewise if he be to smell unto any sweet thing hee is to blesse and after to have the fruition of it as also to blesse after whatsoever he eateth or drinketh though he drinke but one little draught or eat but a morsell And as they were to blesse for the use of the creatures so for every thing commanded in the Law they were first to blesse and then to doe the same Women and servants were bound to blesse their meat and little children also that they might be trained up in the Commandements Vncleane persons whatsoever uncleannesse they had might blesse notwithstanding Maimony tom 1. in treat of Blessings ch 1. s. 1. c. and chap. 5. sect 1. Vers. 11. lest thou forget Iehovah or that thou forget not Iehovah which the Chaldee expoundeth that thou forget not the feare of the LORD God is forgotten when his Commandements are neglected Psal. 106. 19 21. Ier. 2. 32. and he is remembred when his precepts are remembred and done Psal. 103. 18. Moses his next words shew this to be the meaning here So God is forgotten when his workes towards us are forgotten as appeateth after in vers 14. 15. c. Vers. 124 good that is goodly faire pleasant commodious see the notes on Gen. 1. 4. Vers. 14. lâ—fted up the Chaldee expounds it strengthned or hardned meaning with pride as is said of Nebuchadnezar Dan. 5. 20. and so lifting up of the heart meaneth as Deut. 17. 20. Ier. 48. 29. Dan. 11. 12. which is the way for men to forget God as is written They were filled and their heart was lifted up therefore have they forgetten â—e Hos. 13. 6. servants in Greeke and Chaldee servitude or bondage Vers. 15. â—ed thee or made thee goe to wit safely that thou shouldst not stumble as Esa. 63. 13. This grace David remembreth in Psal. 136. 16. Which led his people thorow the wildernesse c. This was by a pillar of a cloud by day and by a pillar of fire by night Exod. 13. 21. fearefull for it was a land of desarts and of pits a land of drought and of the shadow of death a land that no man passed thorow where no man dwelt Ier. 2. 6. fiery serpents or serpent burning serpent and scorpian the Greeke translateth where was the biting serpent and scorpion the Chaldee saith a place of barning serpents and scorpions See Num. 21. 6. c. 〈◊〉 scorpions Hebr. scorpion one for many as is noted on Gev. 3. 2. Scorpions are venemous creatures which hurt and sting with their tailes wicked men are likened unto such Ezek. 2. 6. Rev. 9. 3. 5. 10. as also unto Serpents Matth. 23. 33. drought or thirst meaning a land of thirst as is expressed in Esa 35. 7. and so the Chaldee here translateth a place of drinesse rocke of flint that is hard and dry rocke from whence God gave them water twise Exod. 17. and Num. 20. Of this mercy David sung that God turneth the rocke to a lake of watens the flint to a fountaine of waters Psal. 114. 8. After Moses speaketh figuratively of oile out of the flints rocke Deut. 32. 13. Vers. 16. Mavna where of see before vers 3. and Exod. 16. thy latter end for though no chastening for the present seemeth to be joyous but grievoin yet afterward it yeeldith the peaceable fruit of righte on snesse unto them which are exercised shereby Hebr. 12. 11. Vers. 17. And thou say understand from vers 12. lest thou say that is as the Greeke translateth and say not gotten Hebr. made that is as the Chaldee expoundeth it gotten So in vers 18. wealth or power meaning wealth or goods as the Chaldee hath it Vers. 18. that it is he or for it is he Riches and wealth in the land of Canaan figuring spirituall riches in Christ were the speciall gift of God for The blessing of the LORD it maketh rich Prov. 10 22. but Israel forgat this as God saith For she did not know that I gave her corne and wine and oile and multiplied her silver and gold Hos. 2. 8. Vers. 19. other gods the idols of the people saith the Chaldee paraphrast These words shew what the forgetting of God meaneth so Psal. 106. 19 21. Itestifie the Greeke addeth I take heaven and 〈…〉 th to witnesse against you So Moses him-selfe elsewhere speaketh in Deut. 30. 19. parishing ye shall perish that is ye shall assuredly and speedily perish not with standing your wealth and prosperity as it is said Neither their silver nor their gold shall be able to deliver them in the day of the LORDS wrath but the whole land shall be devoured by the fire of his jealiousie Zeph. 1. 18. Vers. 20. not heare that is not obey the voice which the Chaldee explaineth not receive the word of the LORD CHAP. IX 1. Moses teacheth Israel now ready to
20. 9. And after every company they set officers couragious strong with halberts of iron in their hands who so would turne backe from the warre they have power in their hand to cut off his leg c. Maimony treat of Kings c. 7. s. 1. 4. Thus Israel had the word of God and his Ministers to encourage them that they might fight the battels of the Lord in faith they had also the holy Trumpets blown by the Priests that they might be remembred before the Lord and saved from their enemies Numb 10. 8 9. 2 Chron. 13. 12. And touching this Priest anointed for the war the Hebrewes teach it is a peculiar dignity to his owne person only not to his posterity and in the warre not in the Sanctuary He that is anointed for the warre his sonne is never ordained in his stead but hee is as other Priests if hee be anointed for the warre he is anointed and if he be not anointed he is not anointed And when the Priest anointed for the warre ministreth in the Sanctuary he ministreth in foure garments as the other Priests Maimony in Cle hamikdash ch 4. sect 21. Vers. 3. soft tender that is faint and fearefull as the Greeke translateth it dissolved or faint the Chaldee moved This softnesse or faintnesse of heart God threatneth as a plague Levit. 26. 36. and Iob acknowledged it so saying God hath softned my heart Iob 24. 16. and Rehoboam being soft-hearted could not withstand his enemies 2 Chron. 13. 7. Although therefore a soft heart in respect of God and his word is commendable 2 Kings 22. 19. yet in respect of our enemies it is here forbidden so in vers 8. and Esay 7. 4. hasten not away through feare troubled thoughts and want of faith David blameth this infirmity in himselfe Psal. 31. 22. and 116. 11. terrified or broken discouraged daunted with terrour the Greeke translateth decline not from their facâ—â— See the Annotations on vers 8. Vers. 5. the Officers in Greeke the Scribes of them see the notes on Deut. 16. 18. and before on vers 2. What man is there that is If any man or whosoever hath as in Psal. 34. 13. What man is he is expounded by the Apostle He that will 1 Pet. 3. 10. built a new house By the Hebrews this Law taketh place whether he hath built it or receiued it by purchase or it be given unto him for a gift or it fall unto him by inheritance But who so buildeth an house or planteth a vineyard out of the land of Israel he returneth not home for them Maimony in treat of Kings ch 7. sect 5. 14. not dedicated or not initiated that is begun to take possession of and to use it which was wont to be done with solemnity feasting and singing praise to God as the title of the 30. Psalme sheweth concerning Davids house lest he die this manner of speech sheweth danger as is noted on Genes 3. 3. and teacheth men to be resolute and to goe with their lives in their hands ready to expend them in Gods quarrell as Iudg. 9. 17. Act. 20. 22 23. 24. and 21. 13. For the sword devoureth one as well as another 2 Sam. 11. 25. Act. 12. 2. and another man Three reasons there seeme to be of this and the rest that follow Because the thoughts and cares of their houses lands wives c. might easily trouble men and hinder them from fighting the Lords battels with courage as the like things hindred those that were called to the great Supper Luke 14. 18 19. and no man that warreth intangleth himselfe with the affaires of this life that he may please him who hath chosen him to be a souldier 2 Tim. 2. 4. Againe God hereby sheweth compassion unto the weake whom he spareth for a time from hard service till they be growne strong and fit for to fight the good fight of faith 1 Tim. 6. 12. and 1. 18. Rom. 14. 1 4. Thirdly as his mercies towards Israel were many of them externall and concerned their comforts in this life so he would have them in speciall manner to enjoy the outward blessings bestowed on them Vers. 6. planted a vineyard This also the Hebrewes understand not of a vineyard onely but by proportion of an orchard oliveyard or the like Whether he have planted a vineyard or planted five trees for meat of any kinde or transplanted that is removed it from another place or grafted it so that it be bound to that law of uncircumcised fruit in Levit. 19. 23. or that he hath purchased it or tabeth it by inheritance or by free gift he returneth home But if hee hath planted but foure trees for food or five trees or moe that are barren or hath gotten a vineyard by rapine hee returneth not home therefore And so if a vineyard belong to two partners they returne not for it Maimony treat of Kings chap. 7. sect 6. not made it common or not profaned it that is not used the fruit thereof for common food which he could not doe by the Law till the fift yeere from the planting thereof Levit. 19. 23 24 25. The Greeke translateth hath not made merry or rejoyced with the fruit thereof Vers. 7. betrothed a wife whether maid or widow or if his brothers wife fall to him according to the law in Deut. 25. 5. though they be five brethren and one of them die all the rest doe returne home All these that are to returne from the battell are to returne when they heare the words of the Priest and to provide water and victuals for their brethren which are in the armie and to prepare the wayes for them Maim treat of Kings chap. 7. sect 79. Vers. 8. shall speake further Hebr. shall adde to speake See the notes on vers 2. soft or tender that is faint-hearted see vers 3. When Gedeon warred against the Madianites and made this prodamation of the two and thirty thousand men that were with him there returned two and twenty thousand and but ten thousand remained Iudg. 7. 3. melt not that is faint not or be discouraged in Greeke be not made fearefull An usuall phrase whereof see Deut. 1. 28. By this God taught his people to have faith in him and every man to encourage himselfe and one another in Gods assistance which they that did prospered as in the Reubenites warre against the Hagarites 1 Chron. 5. 20. the Iewes war against the Israelites 2 Chron. 12. 12 18. Iehosaphats warre against the Ammonites 2 Chron. 20. and many the like Of this point the Hebrewes say that after a man is entered into the warre hee should stay himselfe upon him that is the Hope of Israel and his Saviour in time of distresse and know that for the name of God he maketh warre and should put his life in his hand and not be afraid or adread nor thinke either of his wife or of his children but wipe the remembrance of them out of his heart and turne
commandement of God which he tolerated onely for the hardnesse of their hearts and shewed the woman to be defiled by her second mariage after her first unjust divorce not cause the land to sinne or not suffer the land to sinne which may be understood that by their example others should not bee occasioned to doe the like or that by the Magistrates neglect of punishing this evill others bee not emboldened Or rather that the land be not in sinne that is punishable for this sin which extendeth not onely to the persons that doe it but to all the people that suffer it as there bee examples of the like in other cases as Ios. 7. and 22. 17 20. Therefore the Prophet alleaging this Law saith that the land should bee greatly polluted Ier. 3. 1. and so the Greeke version here in stead of sin saith ye shall not defile the lād This Law is figuratively applyed in the practise of it unto God and his Church unto whom he was an husband Ier. 31. 32. and unto whom in time he did give a bill of divorcement but for her adultery Ier. 3. 8. not upon displeasure without her due merit as the Israelites often did to their wives for such a bill of divorce they could not shew but for her transgressions she was put away Esay 50. 1. And though by this Law a woman put away and becomming another mans might not returne to her first husband againe yet God who is above his Law offereth his Church after her many adulteries to returne againe unto him by repentance and faith Ier. 3. 1. Hos. 2. 2. 1. 9. and 3. 1 5. The Apostle also applieth this Allegory to the Churches estate under the Law and under the Gospel of Christ Rom. 7. 1 2 3 c. Vers. 5. in the armie unto the war as the Greeke translateth In Deut. 20. a law was given for such as were betrothed and not married had planted vineyards or built houses and not eaten of or dwelt in them the Hebrewes understand those two also in this law saying Hee that hath builded a house and dedicated it and he that maried his betrothed wife or his brothers wife Deut. 25. 6. and hee that hath made his vineyard common these goe not out to war till the yeare be ended Maimony tom 4. treat of Kings chap. 7. sect 10. any thing or ought of any thing that is of any charge or businesse concerning warres or the like Therefore whereas such as had not maried their spouses nor dedicated their houses nor made common their vineyards when they were sent backe from the armie were to provide victuals and prepare the waies for the army as is noted on Deut. 20. 7. they were all this first yeare free from these other the like charges as the Hebrewes say These goe not out to the warre neither are they charged with any thing in the world Deut. 24. 5. By word of mouth wee have beene taught that he shall be free a yeare both for the house that he hath dedicated and for the wife that he hath maried and for the vineyard whose fruit he hath begun to eat of All the yeare long hee neither provideth victualls nor prepareth the way nor watcheth on the walls nor giveth to the tributes of the citie neither may any thing in the world passe upon him Maim treat of Kings ch 7. s. 10 11. passe upon him that is as the Greeke explaineth it he laid upon him free that is exempted from all publike labours and charges In the wars that King Asa made with Baasa none was free 1 King 15. 22. where may be understood none save such as Gods Law did exempt or not they neither because of the great necessity of helpe rejoyce with his wife By this Law God shewed how much hee approved of holy wedlocke as by the former he shewed his hatred of unjust divorces when to encourage the newly maried against the cumbrances which that estate bringeth with it and to settle their love each to other he exempted those men from all wars cares and expences that they might the more comfortably provide for their own estate Vers. 6. A man shall not take Hebr. He shall not take this is to be understood of any man therefore the Greeke and Chaldee change the person to make the sense plainer Thou shalt not take speaking to every man as after Moses also speaketh in vers 17. nether milstone elsewhere this word Rechajim signifieth both milstones or the mill in generall Exod. 11. 5. Here by reason the upper milstone is after mentioned the nether stone is specially meant And under these particulars all other of like necessary use for mans life are forbidden to be taken to pledge The Hebrewes say Hee that lendeth to his neighbour c. may not take to pledge vessells or instruments wherewith they make ready meat for the life as milstones or the woodden mill or pots which they boyle meat in or butchers knives or the like things Deut. 24. 6. and if hee take such to pledge he must be forced to restore and if the pawne be lost or burnt before hee doe restore it he is to be beaten Maimony tom 4. treat of the Lender and Borrower chap. 3. sect 2. the upper milstone called Recheb a charret because of the running thereof upon the nether stone From hence they say He that taketh to pledge many instruments which are for food c. is guilty for every instrument or vessell by it selfe though they be two instruments wherewith they doe one worke as the nether milstone and the upper he is guilty for them by the name of two instruments and for them twaine hee is to bee twise beaten Maimony ibid. chap. 3. sect 3. See after in v. 11. 12. 17. the soule that is the life of the soule or body meaning the instruments of his livelihood and as Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it the necessities of the soule or life The Chaldee paraphraseth thus for by them is made ready meat for every soule Thus the milstones are named but for an instance forbidding all other of like sort Vers. 7. a soule that is any person man woman or childe of Israel This the Hebrewes take as a limitation to Israel and the Proselytes thereof and for stealing Infidels they hold hee was but to make restitution Maim tom 4. treat of Theft chap. 2. sect 1. and chap. 9. sect 6. maketh gaine or serveth himselfe the Greeke translateth and bringing him under his power selleth him See this word used in Deut. 21. 14. and selleth him The Hebrewes joyne this to the former without which they thinke the theefe was not to dye A theefe is not guilty of death untill hee steale an Israelite and get him into his power and serveth himselfe of him and selleth him to others Deut. 24. 7. If he steale him and serve himselfe with him and doe not sell him or doe sell him before he hath served himselfe by him he is free from death
Maim treat of Theft ch 9. sect 2 3. Others thinke that if he either served himselfe with him or sold him hee was to dye and this may well bee the meaning of the Law for and often signifieth or as is noted on Gen. 13. 8. and 19. 12. shall dye as the Hebrewes say he was to be strangled to death Maim ibid. ch 9. sect 1. Vers. 8. plague of leprosie which might bee on mens bodies or on garments or in houses The Law of all these is given at large in Levit. 13 and 14 Chapters all that the Priests the Greeke translateth all the Law that the Priests the Levites shall shew unto you This is a warning to Israel that if any man had the Leprosie or a sore like the Leprosie he should not dissemble or hide it or pluck off or cut away the signes thereof or labour by medicines to cure it or doe any thing thereto but as the Priest directed him according to the Law because this plague was usually by the hand of God for mens sinnes and did pollute both the person himselfe and all that touched him so that for the discerning and curing of this plague they should seeke unto God by the meanes which hee appointed Therefore from this Law the Hebrews teach Hee that plucketh off the signes of uncleannesse either all or some of them or seareth the living raw flesh all or some of it or cutteth all the sorâ— out of his flesh or out of a garment or house â—ither before he come to the Priest or whiles he is shut up or after c. hee transgresseth against this prohibition TAKE THOV HEED IN THE PLAGVE OF LEPROSIE c. Deut. 25. 8. Maimony tom 3. treat of Leprosie chap. 10. sect 1. See the Annotations on Levit. 13. as I commanded them If then the Priest spake or did otherwise than God prescribed it was not to stand A Priest that pronounceth him uncleane that is cleane or him cleane that is uncleane he doth nothing at all for it is written in Lev. 13. v. 14 15. he is uncleane and the Priest shall pronounce him uncleane c. Maim in Leprosie ch 9. sect 3. Vers. 9. unto Marie in Hebrew Mirjam in Greeke Mariam shee was the sister of Moses and Aaron a Prophetesse in Israel who for speaking against Moses was smitten of God with Leprosie Numb 12. whose example is for a warning to all that they should not sinne as shee did lest God plague them also and that the justice of the Law should bee executed upon all Lepers without respect of persons So all other examples in Scripture are examples unto us 1 Cor. 10. 6 11. and so Christ saith Remember Lots wife Luk. 17. 32. Vers. 10. when thou lendest or when thou shalt exact of thy neighbour the exaction of any thing that is any debt which if it were with rigour or of a poore man that had not to pay was unlawfull See the notes on Exod. 22. 25. The Greeke translateth If there be a debt in thy neighbour that is if he be indebted to thee what debt soever See the notes on Deut. 15. 2. thou shalt not goe in This is spoken to the creditor and as the Hebrews say to the messenger of the Magistrate sent to take a pawne He that lendeth to his neighbour poore or rich may not take a pawne of him but by the Synedrion that is by authority of the Magistrate and though it bee the messenger of the Synedrion that commeth for a pawne he may not come into his house and take his pawne but must stand without and the borrower is to bring out a pawne unto him Deut. 24. 10. If it be so what difference is there betweene the crediter and the messenger of the Synedrion The messenger of the court he may take the pawne out of the hand of the borrower by force and give it the lender but the creditor may not take the pawne till the borrower give it him with consent If the creditor transgresse and goe into the borrowers house for his pawne or snatcheth a pawne cut of his hand by force hee is not to bee beaten because the act is broken off for he must restore the pawne Deut. 24. 13. If he keepe not this 〈◊〉 to restore it as if the pawne be lost or burnt he is to be beaten and to restore the price of the pawne Maimon â—om 4. treat of the Lender and Borrower ch 3. sect 4. Vers. 12. not lie downe to sleepe not goe to bed For breach of this Law the Lord reproveth Israel They lay themselves downe upon clothes laid to pledge by every altar Amos 2. 8. But hereby not onely the use of the poore mans pawne but the keeping of it is forbidden with his pawne that is and his pawne by thee or in thy custody Maimony in Lender and Borrower c. 3. s. 5. Vers. 13. when the Sun or as the Greeke translateth about the going downe of the Sunne in Exod. 22. 26. it is said before the Sunne goeth downe see the Annotations there where is shewed that every pawne is to bee restored when the poore man hath need of it by night or by day If the pawne must thus be restored when he hath need what booteth it to take the pawne The Hebrewes answer that by this meanes the debt is not released in the seventh yeere which the Law biddeth Deut. 15. 1 2 3. and if the borrower die his moveables are not made his childrens but paiment is made by the pawne after his death Maimony ibid. chap. 3. sect 5. justice in Greeke almes a worke of mercy which God will reward as on the contrary in v. 15. he saith it bee in thee a sinne that is an iniquity which God will punish Vers. 14. not fraudulently oppresse or not defraud the Greeke translateth Thou shalt not fraudulently keepe backe the hire of the poore c. which word the Apostle useth in like â—ase saying Behold the hire of the labourers c. which is by you fraudulently kept backe crieth c. Iam. 5. 4. and among the other weighty lawes our Saviour nameth this for one in Mark 10. 19. See also Levit. 19. 13. thy gates that is as the Greeke and Chaldee translate thy cities Vers. 15. In his day in Greeke The same day Day is used for all time his hire or his wages whether for his owne labour or for his beasts or other things So the Hebrewes explaine it Whether it bee the hire of man or the hire of beasts or the hire of instruments hee is bound to give it in his time and if hee keepe it after the time he transgresseth against a prohibition Maimony tom 4. treat of Hiring chap. 〈◊〉 sect 1. not goe downe upon it in Lev. 19. 13. it is said it shall not abide all night with thee which two the Hebrewes unfold thus What is the time or day of him that is hired He that is hired for a day his hire is due all that nights of
unto thee For hee is an abomination to Iehovah thy God whosoever doth these things whosoever doth unrighteousnesse Remember that which Amalek did unto thee by the way when ye were come forth out of Egypt How hee met thee by the way and smote the hind most of thee all that were feeble behind thee and thou wast faint and weary and hee feared not God Therefore it shall be when Iehovah thy God hath given rest unto thee from all thine enemies round about in the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee for an inheritance to possesse it thou shalt blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under the heavens thou shalt not forget it Annotations A â—oâ—tâ—oversie a plea or strife in Greeke a contradiction and they or that they the Iudges may judge them And this Law concerneth all Courts the highest of 71 Iudges the Court of twenty three and the Court of three the lowest of which judged inferiour causes and money matters and had authority to beat malefactors but not to put to death justifie that is pronounce just so absolve or acquit in judgment condemne for wicked or pronounce wicked and so tendemne in judgment as the Greeke translateth it condemne This is contrary to the former and so the Apostle opposeth them saying It is God that justifieth who is hee that condemneth Rom. 8. 33. 34. This law is perpetuall the transgression whereof is a great sinne for Hee that justifieth the wicked and he that condemneth the just even they both are an abomination to the LORD Prov. 17. 15. Vers. 2. worthy to be beaten Hebr. a son of beating which the Greeke translateth worthy of stripes and the Chaldee a sonne guilty of or worthy to bee beaten So the sonne or childe of hell Matt. 23. 15. is one worthy of hell fire the son of death in 1 Sam. 20. 31. is one that was worthy of death and therefore should be killed and in the Gospell If the sonne of peace bee there in the house Luk. 10. 6. which another Evangelist explaineth thus If the house be worthy Matt. 10. 13. Now who they were that deserved beating are by the Hebrewes shewed thus Hee that transgresseth against a prohibition whereby the contrary commandement to be done is broken off and they warned him of it and said unto him Doe not this thing for if thou doest it and keepest not that which is commanded concerning it thou shalt be beaten and he transgresseth and keepeth not the commandement loe he is to be beaten Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 16. sect 4. More particularly Thâ—se are to be beaten whosoever transgresseth against a prohibition for which he deserveth to be cut off but is not to bee put to death by the Synedrion as he that eateth fat or bloud or leven at the Passeover Likewise whosoever transgresseth against a prohibition for which they are guilty of death by the band of God as hee that eateth of fruits before the first-fruits tithes c. be paid and a Priest that is uncleane and eateth of the heave-offering which is cleane Likewise who so transgresseth against a prohibition wherein there is an act or worke as hee that boyleth a Kid in his mothers milke which the Hebrewes understand of eating flesh with milke or that weareth Linsey-woolsey But a prohibition wherein is no act as to walke as a tale-bearer to revenge or beare grudge or receive a false report c. for such he is not beaten nor for any other wherein there is an act some few excepted Every prohibition for which they are to be put to death by the Magistrate as adulterie working on the Sabbath c. they are not beaten therefore So every prohibition for which they are to make satisfaction as robbery theft c. they are not beaten for it And every prohibition whereby the contrary commandement is broken off as Thou shalt not take the dam with the young Deut. 22. 6. Thou shalt not wholly rid the corner of thy field Levit. 19. 9. c. they are not beaten for it unlesse they keepe not the commanded thing concerning them that is unlesse they omit the letting of the dam goe Deut. 22. 7. and the leaving of the corner for the poore Levit. 19. 10. And for a prohibition implied in the generals they are not beaten but all other prohibitions which are in the Law they are to bee beaten for doing them What is that prohibition comprised in the generals It is one prohibition which generally compriseth many things as yee shall not eat with the bloud Levit. 19. 26. And so when it is said Doe not such a thing and such a thing forasmuch as there is not a particular prohibition set before every one of them he is not to be beaten for every one of them unlesse they bee divided in other prohibitions or said by word of mouth that they are divided As where it is said Eat not of it raw or sodden Exodus 12. 9. hee is not beaten for eating of it raw and sodden twice but once Of the first-fruits hee saith Yee shall not eat bread and parched corne and greene eares Levit. 23. 14. a man for eating these three is to bee beaten thrice by word of mouth wee have beene taught that these are divided or severall It is said in Deut. 18. 10. Let there not bee found in thee any that maketh his sonne or his daughter to passe thorow the fire a diviner of divinations an observer of times although all these things be comprehended generally in one prohibition yet are they divided in other prohibitions as in Levit. 19. 26. ye shall not observe fortunes and yee shall not observe times to teach that every one of these is a prohibition by it selfe severall and so all other of like sort Maimony in Sanhedrin ch 18. sect 1 2 3. Finally they say All prohibitions for which cutting off is due but not death by the Magistrate for which men are to be beaten are one and twenty All for which death is due by the hand of God which are prohibitions wherein an act is for which men are to be beaten are eighteene All prohibitions in the Law for which there is neither cutting off due nor death by the Magistrate for which men are to be beaten are an hundred sixtie and eight So there are found in all which are to be beaten 207. Maimony ibidem chap. 19. All which are there particularly related but would be too long here to repeat the Iudge that is the Iudges as the Greeke translateth for one Iudge sate not alone to judge controversies Neither was any man to be beaten without witnesses of his crime No man is to bee beaten but by witnesses and evidence and they are to examine the witnesses by inquiry and diligent search even as they do in judgments of life and death Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 16. sect 4. cause him to lie downe or to be laid downe and bound fast the manner is said to bee thus both his hands
are comprehended under these heads hearken unto or obey his voice if any speciall thing be commanded unto any as when God sent Saul to root out Amalek 1 Sam. 15. 1 2 19 20. 22. Vers. 18. hath avouched thee or made thee to say that is to promise or give thy word in Greeke hath chosen thee peculiar treasure in the Greek a peculiar people in Chaldee a beloved people see the notes on Exod. 19. 5. to keepe that is that thou shouldest keepe which as it is a part of the covenant on Gods behalfe so is it the worke of his grace in all his people as he hath said I will put my Law in their inward parts and write it in their hearts Ier. 31. 33. Vers. 19. give thee to be high or make thee set thee high of which see the notes on Deut. 28. 1. And this is the third argument to perswade obedience in respect of the high excellency which Gods people begin to obtaine by him in this life and shall fully possesse in the end See Colos. 3. 1 2 3 4. Iam. 1. 9. in praise or for praise to be praised even of the enemie for my mercies upon thee as Zeph. 3. 19. 20. So he is said to make Ierusalem his Church a praise in the earth Esay 62. 7. for he exalteth the borne of his people the praise of all his Saints Psal. 148. 14. in name or for name that is fame or renowne this is a continuance and increase of the former praise called therefore an everlasting name that shall not be cut off Esay 56. 5. and a name that shall remaine Esay 66. 22. And it was by a setled continuance of the state of his Church as on the contrary by scattering them he is said to blot out the name of Israel from under heaven 2 Kings 14. 27. beautifull glory which consisteth in outward blessings wherwith God adorneth his Church as with garments of beautifull glory Esay 52. 1. opposed unto ashes Esay 61. 3. and is the continuance of his heavenly ordinances and Kingdome among them Esay 64. 11. Ezek. 16. 12. And all these three degrees of grace the Church enjoyeth by being united unto God as it is written As the girdle cleaveth to the loines of a man so have I caused to cleave unto 〈…〉 e the whole house of Israel and the whole house of Iudah saith Iehovah that they might be unto me for a people and for a name and for a praise and for a beautifull glorie Ier. 13. 11. See also Ier. 33. 9. an holy people This is the chiefest end of all our obedience the glory of God and our owne salvation which is accomplished by our sanctification as the Apostle saith Being now made free from sinne and become servants to God yee have your fruit unto holinesse and the end everlasting life Rom. 6. 22. CHAP. XXVII 1 The people are commanded to write the Law upon the stones when they are come into the land of Canaan 5 and to build an altar of whole stones 11 The T 〈…〉 s divided on Gerizzim and Ebal 14 The curses pronounced on mount Ebal ANd Moses and the Elders of Israel commanded the people saying Keep all the Commandement which I command you this day And it shall be in the day when you shall have passed over Iordan unto the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee that thou shalt set thee up great stones and plaister them with plaister And thou shalt write upon them all the words of this Law when thou art passed over that thou maist goe in unto the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee a land that floweth with milke and honey as Iehovah the God of thy fathers hath spoken And it shall be when yee are passed over Iordan yee shall set up these stones which I command you this day in mount Ebal and thou shalt plaister them with plaister And thou shalt build there an Altar unto Iehovah thy God an Altar of stones thou shalt not lift up any iron upon them Of whole stones shalt thou build the Altar of Iehovah thy God and thou shalt offer thereon Burnt-offerings unto Iehovah thy God And thou shalt sacrifice Peace-offerings and shalt eat there and rejoyce before Iehovah thy God And thou shalt write upon the stones all the words of this Law very plainly And Moses and the Priests the Levites spake unto all Israel saying Take heed and heare O Israel this day thou art become the people of Iehovah thy God Therefore thou shalt obey the voice of Iehovah thy God and doe his Commandements and his Statutes which I command thee this day And Moses commanded the people in that day saying These shall stand to blesse the people upon mount Gerizzim when yee are passed over Iordan Simeon and Levi and Iudah and Issachar and Ioseph and Benjamin And these shall stand for the curse on mount Ebal Reuben Gad and Aser Zabulon Dan and Naphtali And the Levites shall answer and say unto all the men of Israel with an high voyce Cursed be the man that maketh a graven or a molten image an abomination unto Iehovah the worke of the hand of the craftsman and putteth it in a secret place and all the people shall answer and say Amen Cursed be hee that setteth light by his father or his mother and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be hee that removeth his neighbours limit and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be hee that maketh the blinde to erre in way and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be hee that wresteth the judgement of the stranger fatherlesse and widow and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be he that lieth with his fathers wife because hee uncovereth his fathers skirt and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be he that lieth with any beast and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be hee that lieth with his sister the daughter of his father or the daughter of his mother and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be hee that lieth with his mother in law and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be hee that smiteth his neighbour in secret and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be he that taketh a reward to smite a soule the bloud of an innocent and all the people shall say Amen Cursed be he that confirmeth not the words of this Law to doe them and all the people shall say Amen Annotations THe Elders of Israel in Greeke the Senate of the sonnes of Israel compare vers 9. Here Moses giveth order for the confirmation of all the Lawes before repeated by outward signes once to be performed by Israel when they should be come into Canaan The end whereof was to teach them salvation by Christ that they should not expect it by the workes of the Law for that leaveth them under the curse vers 26. Gal. 3. 10. all the commandement that is commandements as the Greeke translateth it or every commandement See
turneth aside See the Law concerning this in Deut. 24. 17. Vers. 20. fathers wife of this and the rest that follow see Lev. 18. Because men give themselves over to divers noysome lusts of the flesh God causeth divers curses to be pronounced against this sin the more to deterre men from following the same in any sort Vers. 24. smiteth this word is used sometime for slaying or killing as Deut. 1. 4. and 13. 15. sometime for wounding only Zach. 13. 6. or chastising Deut 28. 27 28. sometime for smiting with the fist of wickednesse Esai 58. 4. or with the tongue Ier. 18. 18. in secret the Greeke expoundeth it by guile Vers. 25. a reward a bribe or gift as the Greeke translateth it gifts and this is the Magistrates sin Deut. 16. 19. and was found in Israel as Mic. 3. 11. The heads thereof judge for bribes to smite in Chaldee to kill a soule that is a person the bloud of an innocent or as the Greeke expoundeth it of innocent bloud which is an effect of briberie as in Ezek. 22. 12. In thee have they taken bribes to shed bloud Vers. 26. Cursed be he the Greeke translateth Cursed be every man and so the Apostle alleageth it Gal. 3. 10. where he giveth this doctrine So many as are of the works of the Law are under the curse that whiles men doe the Law outwardly yet are they cursed by the Law as being privie transgressors for the Law is spirituall but men are carnall sold under sinne Rom. 7. 9 14. confirmeth not or stablisheth not which the Greeke and our Apostle in Gal. 3. 10. expound continueth not For when the just man turneth away from his justices and committeth iniquitie c. all his justice that he hath done shal not be mentioned in his trespasse that he hath trespassed and in his sinne that he hath sinned in them shall he die Ezek. 18. 24. See the Annotations on Lev. 26. 15. the words in Greeke all the words see the like in Lev. 25. 18. Exod. 25. 40. Deut. 19. 15. And so the Apostle citeth this place in Gal. 3. 10. continueth not in all things written in the booke of the Law to doe them this is an exposition of the former word confirmeth and sometime the one is put for the other as to confirme the words of this covenant 2 King 23. 3. for which another Prophet saith to doe the words 2 Chron. 34. 31. For not the hearers of the Law are just before God but the doers of the Law shall be justified Rom. 2. 13. And for asmuch as there is not a just man upon earth that doth good and sinneth not Eccles. 7. 20. therefore by the deeds of the Law there shall no flesh be justified in his sight Rom. 3. 20. that the Apostle rightly gathereth as many as are of the works of the Law are under the curse Gal. 3. 10. Therefore the use of the Law was to be a Schoolemaster unto Christ who hath redeemed us from the curse of the Law being made a curse for us Gal. 3. 24. 13. CHAP. XXVIII 1 Vpon condition of observing and doing all Gods commandements hee promiseth many blessings earthly and heavenly 15 But for disobedience he threatneth manifold curses plagues and miseries ANd it shall be if hearkening thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God to observe to doe all his commandements which I command thee this day that Iehovah thy God will give thee to bee high above all the nations of the earth And all these blessings shall come upon thee and overtake thee if thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God Blessed shalt thou be in the city and blessed shalt thou be in the field Blessed shall be the fruit of thy wombe and the fruit of thy ground and the fruit of thy cattell the increase of thy kine and the flockes of thy sheepe Blessed shall be thy basket and thy dough trough Blessed shalt thou be when thou commest in and blessed shalt thou be when thou goest out Iehovah will give thine enemies that rise up against thee to be smitten before thy face they shall come out against thee one way and flie before thee seven waies Iehovah will command the blessing to be with thee in thy store-houses and in all that thou settest thine hand unto and he will blesse thee in the Land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee Iehovah will stablish thee unto him selfe for an holy people as hee hath sworne unto thee if thou shalt keepe the commandements of Iehovah thy God and walke in his waies And all peoples of the earth shall see that the name of Iehovah is called upon thee and they shall bee afraid of thee And Iehovah will make thee plenteous in good things in the fruit of thy wombe and in the fruit of thy cattell and in the fruit of thy ground in the land which Iehovah sware unto thy fathers to give unto thee Iehovah will open unto thee his good treasure the heavens to give the raine of thy land in his season and to blesse all the worke of thine hand and thou shalt lend unto many nations and thou shalt not borrow And Iehovah will give thee to be the head and not the taile and thou shalt bee above only and shalt not be beneath if thou hearken unto the commandements of Iehovah thy God which I command thee this day to observe and to doe And thou shalt not goe aside from any of the words which I command you this day to the right hand or to the left to goe after other gods to serve them And it shall bee if thou wilt not hearken unto the voice of Iehovah thy God to observe to doe all his commandements and his statutes which I command thee this day that all these curses shal come upon thee and overtake thee Cursed shalt thou be in the citie and cursed shalt thou be in the field Cursed shall be thy basket and thy dough-trough Cursed shall be the fruit of thy wombe and the fruit of thy ground the increase of thy kine and the flockes of thy sheepe Cursed shalt thou bee when thou commest in and cursed shalt thou be when thou goest out Iehovah will send upon thee a curse vexation and rebuke in all that thou settest thine hand unto which thou wouldest doe untill thou bee destroyed and untill thou perish quickly because of the evill of thy doings for that thou hast forsaken mee Iehovah will make the pestilence cleave unto thee untill he have consumed thee from off the land whither thou goest to possesse it Iehovah will smite thee with the consumption and with the burning-ague and with an inflammation and with an extreme burning and with the sword and with blasting and with meldew and they shall pursue thee untill thou perish And thy heavens which are over thine head shall be brasse and the earth which is under thee shall be iron Iehovah will give the raine of thy land to be
godlinesse hath the promise of the life that now is and of that which is to come 1 Tim. 4. 8. Vers. 9. make thee plenteous or make thee excellent unto which Thargum Ionathan addeth for good that yee may prosper in all the workes of your hands rejoyce over thee This Christ taught in parables of rejoycing for the lost sheepe that was found Luk. 15. 6 7. and of the Prodigall sonne he saith It was meet that wee should make merry and be glad for this thy brother was dead and is alive againe and was lost and is found Luk. 15. 32. So in the other Prophets I will rejoyce in Ierusalem and joy in my people Esay 65. 19. and I will rejoyce over them to doe them good Ier. 32. 41. See also Deut. 28. 63. Vers. 10. that which is written meaning all and every thing written so teaching us exact obedience unto Iehovah in Chaldee unto the feare of the Lord. Vers. 11. this commandement which after in v. 14. he calleth the Word and the Apostle expoundeth it the Word of faith Rom. 10. 8. So this speech is not of the Law onely neither sheweth it what man can doe by the Law much lesse by nature but is the speech of the righteousnesse of faith Rom. 10. 6. Though Moses teacheth them also not to blame the Law of hardnesse to bee learned seeing God had now caused it to be written expounded unto them not hidden from thee or not too marvellous and hard for thee to know and so not impossible through faith in Christ as is the Law without faith in that it is weake through the flesh Rom. 8. 3. The Chaldee translateth it is not separated from thee and Thargum Ionathan expoundeth it is not covered or hid from you The holy Ghost in Greeke translateth this word marvellous Matt. 21. 42. from Psal. 118. and unpossible Luk. 1. 37. See the Annotations on Gen. 18. 14. and Deut. 17. 8. By Esaias also God saith I have not spoken in secret in a darke place of the earth Esay 45. 19. Vers. 12. to say that is that thou shouldest say so in v. 13. see the Annotations on Gen. 6. 19. where sundry like speeches are shewed This saying is meant of the heart also wherefore the Apostle citeth it thus Say not in thine heart who shall goe up into heaven Rom. 10. 6. Who shall goe up for us the Ierusalemy Thargum explaineth it O that wee had one like Moses the Prophet that might goe up into the heavens c. but the Apostle applieth it more heavenly to Christs incarnation Who shall goe up into heaven that is to bring Christ downe from above Rom. 10. 6. Vnto which doubt hee opposeth the confession with the mouth that Iesus is the LORD vers 9. that is that God was manifested in the flesh 1 Tim. 3. 16. for no man hath ascended up to heaven of whoÌ„ we may learne the true understanding of the Law but hee that came downe from heaven even the Son of man which is in heaven Iohn 3. 13. and cause us to heare it that is preach it unto us that wee may doe it or and we would doe it Vers. 13. beyond the sea Thargum Ionathan explaineth it beyond the great sea and Thargum Ierusalemy addeth Neither is the Law beyond the great sea that thou shouldest say O that we had one like Ionas the Prophet that might goe downe to the bottome of the great sea and bring it to us c. All things hidden from men which they cannot attaine are either in heaven above or beyond sea in the farre places of the earth but the Law of God is in neither of these but neere unto every one to learne and to doe who shall goe over to beyond sea Paul alleageth this place thus Who shall goe downe into the deepe that is to bring up Christ from the dead Rom. 10. 7. unto which he opposeth in vers 9. beleefe in the heart that God hath raised him from the dead Now Ionas the Prophet to whose example the Ierusalemy Thargum applieth this was a figure of Christ as himselfe hath said As Ionas was three daies and three nights in the Whales belly so shall the Sonne of man be three daies three nights in the heart of the earth Matt. 12. 40. And as the Sea in Ionas case is called the Deepe Psal. 104. 6. and 107. 24 26. Exod. 15. 5. so David prophesying of Christ saith that God had brought him up from the deepes of the earth Psal. 71. 20. So the Apostle speaking of Christs rising out of the grave useth the word Abysse or Deepe which is spoken both of earth and sea Vers. 14. But the word This the Apostle expoundeth thus But what saith the righteousnes which is of faith The Word is nigh thee c. that is the word of faith which we preach Rom. 10. 8. By this it appeareth that Moses wrote of Christ Iohn 5. 46. and that he was closely taught in the Law Eâ—r Christ is the end of the Law for righteousnesse to every one that beleeveth Rom. 10. 4. And the Iewes which cleaving to the Law refused the Gospell or word of faith had a zeale of God but not according 〈◊〉 knowledge Rom. 10. 2. in thy mouth or for thy mouth that is for thee to confesse with thy mouth that Iesus is the LORD as Rom. 10. 9. So in is used for for in Deut. 9. 4. and 24. 16. in thine heart or for thine heart that thou maist beleeve in thine heart that God hath raised him Christ froÌ„ the dead so maist be saved Rom. 10. 9. to do it the Law which is fulfilled by beleeving in Christ as it is said This is the worke of God that â—ee beleeve in him whom he hath sent Iohn 6. 29. upon which beleefe true obedience followeth Hâ—â— 8. 10. Vers. 15. I have set Hebr. I have given that is proposed and confirmed by my doctrine So in vers 19. life and good life as the end and good as the meanes leading to life or life that is God himselfe of whom hee saith iâ— vers 20. hee is thy life and good that is felicity following The Greeke version changeth the order thus life and death good and evill Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it the Law of life which is a good Law and the Law of death which is an evill Law And Thargum Ionathan thus The way of life for which a good reward shall be recompenced to the just and the way of death for which an evill reward shall be recompenced to the wicked Vers. 16. to love this is a declaration of the life and good fore-mentioned which they whose hearts God would circumcise vers 6. should come unto by the faith that is in Christ. in his waiâ—s the Chaldee saith in the wayes that are right before him keepe his commandements which is an effect of love as If ye love me keepe my commandements Iohn 14. 15. and This is the love of God that we keepe
25 c. Syria whereof named Gen. 10. 22. and 24. 10. and 25. 20. Syrian or Aramite Gen. 10. 22. and 28. 5. T TAbernacle what it signified Exod. 25. 9. it is called the Tabernacle of the Tent Exod. 40. 6. The feast of Tabernacles or Boothes Lev. 23. 34 c. Deut. 16. 13. Take for offer or give bring Gen. 15. 9. and 34. 4. and 48. 9. Talent what it weighed Exod. 25. 39. Tale-bearing forbidden Lev. 19. 16. Task-masters Exod. 1. 11. Tempting what it signifieth Gen. 22. 1. Exod. 15. 25. Ten words or commandements Deut. 10. 4. Ten for many Gen. 31. 7. Lev. 26. 26. Tents and dwelling in them what it meaneth Gen. 4. 20. and 25. 27. Numb 24. 5. The Tent of the Lord Exod. 40. 19. Teraphims images Gen. 31. 19. Testimonie for the Tables of the Law Exod. 25. 16. Theft with the punishments therefore Exo. 20. 15. and 22. 1 c. Three and third a mysticall number Gen. 22. 4. Timbrel an instrument of mirth Gen. 31. 27. Tithe Gen. 14. 20. Lawes concerning Tithes Lev. 27. 30 c. Tithes for the Levites Numb 18. 21 c. Tithe of the Tithes given to the Priests Numb 18. 26. The second Tithes to be eaten by the owners before the Lord Deut. 14. 22 23. Those second Tithes every third yeere were to bee given to the poore Deut. 14. 28 29. The confession made by him that hath given his third yeeres Tithe Deut. 26. 12. To or Vnto for From Gen. 36. 6. Exod. 13. 15. Torne things not to be eaten Exod. 22. 31. Touching for companying with a woman Gen. 20. 4 6 for hurting Gen. 26. 11. Tree for gallowes or gybbet Gen. 40. 19. Trees for speciall use Gen. 21. 33. Trespasse more than sinne Gen. 31. 36. Trespasse-offerings with their signification Lev. 5. the Law thereof Lev. 7. 1 c. Tribes whereof named Gen. 49. 16. The mustering of the Tribes Numb 1. their next mustering and numbers in the fortieth yeere of their travell Numb 26. The order of the Tribes about the Tabernacle Numb 2. Trouble Gen. 34. 30. Sudden trouble Gen. 45. 3. Trumpets of silver with their use Numb 10. 2 c. The feast of blowing of Trumpets Lev. 23. 23 24 Turtle-doves and Pigeons allowed for sacrifices Lev. 1. 14. Twelve the number of the Patriarchs and Apostles Gen. 35. 22. V VEile on Moses face what it signified Exod. 34. 33 34 35. Vessels for all things of use Gen. 24. 53. Virginity if the want of it bee laid to a womans charge what law is therefore Deut. 22. 13 c. The high Priest was to marie a wife in her Virginitie Lev. 21. 13 14. Vision Gen. 15. 1. Visiting what it meaneth Gen. 21. 1. Vâ—circumcised fruits and the Law concerning them Lev. 19. 23. The Uncleane put out of the Campe of Israel Numb 5. 2 c. The Vnicorne described Num. 23. 22. Deut. 33. 17. Vnlevened cakes what they signified Exod. 12. 8. Vnto and to for from or out of Gen. 36. 6. Numb 〈◊〉 31. 21. Vowes and vowing what Gen. 28. 20. Vowes and voluntary offerings wherein they differed Lev. 7. 16. The Law for Vowes Lev. 27 2 c. Num. 30. Of Vowes which Parents or Husbands might breake or confirme Numb 30. Vowes to be paid without delay Deut. 23. 21 c. Voice for fame rumor Geâ— 45. 16. Voyce attributed to bloud Gen. 4. 10. to signes Exod. 4. 8. to thunder Exod. 9. 23. Vr what place it was Gen. 11. 28. Vrim and Thummim Exod. 28. 30. Vsurie and lawes against it Exod. 22. 25. Lev. 25. 36. W WAlking with God what it meaneth Gen. 5. 20. and before God Gen. 17. 1. Warres of Israel and the courage that they should have in them Deut. 20. The new married man was not to goe to warre Deut. 24. 5. Warfare of the Sanctuary by the Levites why so called Numb 4. 3 23. Washing of clothes what it signified Lev. 11. 25. Washing the inwards of the sacrifices Lev. 1. 9. Water of purification with the ashes of a red Heiffer the law and use thereof Numb 19. Watch of the night what Exod. 14. 24. Waving what it was and meant Exod. 29. 24. Lev. 3. 5. The Wave sheafe or Omer that was to be offered at harvest with the rites thereof Lev. 23. 10 11 c. Way what it signifieth Gen. 6. 12. and 18. 19. Way for custome of Women Gen. 18. 11. Gods wayes what they are Deut. 8 6. Weaning Gen. 21. 8. Weeks a feast called Pentecost Lev. 23. 15. Deut. 16. 9. Weighty for rich Gen. 13. 2. Weights and measures to be just Deut. 25. 13 14 c. Lev. 19. 35 36. Whales Gen. 1. 21. Whordome for idolatry Exod. 34. 15. Lev. 17. 7. Wife the same that woman Gen. 2. 23 24. The duties betweene man and wife Exod. 21. 10. Wilde Asse what kinde of beast it is Gen. 16. 12. Wilde beast why so called Gen. 1. 24. Wildernesse what it signifieth Gen. 21. 14. Exod. 3. 1 18. and 16. 1. Deut. 8. 15. The Israelites condemned to dye in the wildernesse Numb 14. 29. Wine forbidden the Priests in their ministration Lev. 10. 9 10. Wisemen Philosophers Gen. 41. 8. Witch or Sorburer described Exâ— 7. 11. Deut. 18. 10 Wizards forbidden Deut. 18. 11. Two Witnesses to confirme every matter Deut. 19. 15. The punishment of the false Witnesse Deut. 19. 16 c. Wresting or perverting of judgement forbidden Exod. 23. 2. Woman whereof named Gen. 2. 23. Womens purification after childbirth Lev. 12. Wonders whereof named Exod. 7. 3 9. Wood for the sacrifices Lev. 1. 7. Words for things Gen. 15. 1. Words for Commandements Exo. 34. 28. Deu. 10. 4. Y AYeere whereof named Gen. 1. 14. The seventh yeere a yeere of rest to the land Lev. 25. 2. c. The yeere of Iubile or fiftieth yeere Lev. 25. 10 c. The seventh yeere debts were to be released Deut. 15. 1 c. In the seventh yeere Hebrew servants were to be set free Deut. 15. 12 c. Yesterday for all time past Gen. 31. 2. Young-men for servants ministers Gen. 14. 24. Exo. 33. 11. for first-borne Exod. 24. 5. Yoke for servitude Gen. 27. 40. Z ZElophehads daughters claime their inheritance and obtaine it Num. 27. Zogar a Citie why so named Gen. 13. 10. and 19. 22. Zuz a kinde of money how much Eev 19. 10. Other Hebrew phrases and figures observed DEfect or want of words to be supplied as Of a verbe substantive Gen. 1. 2. Of a verbe generally Gen. 13. 9. and 11. 4. and 23. 13. and 24. 67. Of a Pronoune shewing the person wanting in a verbe indefinite Gen. 6. 19. and 19. 20. and 23. 8. and 47. 29. A Pronoune after a verbe personall Gen. 31. 42. and 2. 19. Of a noune substantive Gen. 24. 33. Deut. 33. 7. Of a noune substantive after an adjective Gen. 4. 10. and 24. 32. and 25. 8. Numb 1. 1. Of a noune substantive before another substantive Gen. 11. 1.
first followed the margine Iehoschaphas paravit classem Iehoshaphat made ships afterward Iunius keepeth the line Iehoshaphato decem fuerunt naves Iehoshaphat had tenships and sundry other of like sort where the latter version differeth from the former by reason of the difference betweene the line and the margine in the Hebrew Text. These things not commonly knowne may cause the Readers to marvell and be offended at such varietie and seeming contrarietie both in these and other common versions set forth in vulgar tongues for no traslation almost in any language but followeth sometimes the one and sometimes the other and afterward sometime varieth from it selfe upon this occasion Now I without prejudice to any of better judgement setting downe both as the Reader may see in Exod. 21. 8. Lev. 11. 21. and 25. 30. and otherwhere and according to the measure of knowledge which God hath given me endevouring in the Annotations to cleare the Scripture of that seeming contradiction am publiquely taxed as setting downe that which the Hebrew hath not as making God like unto Ianus Bifrons the Idoll with twofaces to looke two divers wayes at once with other like hard imputations and this diversity of writing and reading is from the authoritie of some late Rabbines said to arise from corruption confusion doubting and uncertainty of Scribes c. I will set downe the reasons of my contrary judgement without purpose of further contention let the discreet Reader approve of what liketh him best If those divers readings which the Hebrewes call Keri and Cethib be corruptions of the Scripture they have beene many of them done voluntarily and purposely as is apparant to all of understanding that looke upon them For beside that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 affirmatiue and the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 negative in this word Lo are not one like another to deceive the eye so often in Moses the Prophets it could not arise from mistaking of letters to write Gnapholim for Techorim the Emrods as in Deut. 28. 27. 1 Sam. 5 or Shagal for Shacab as in Deut. 28. 30. Esay 13. 16. and Zach. 14. 2. Chore jonim for Dib jonim as in 2 King 6. 25. Chorachem for Tsoatham and Shenehem for Meme raglehem as in Esay 36. 12. and 2 King 18. 27. Macharaoth for Motsaoth as in 2 King 10. 27. And when Naarah a Young woman is but 22 times used by Moses that it should 21. times be written with want of the last letter so that in copies wanting pricks as many have done and do it might be read Naar a young man that these and sundry the like should be of negligence or oversight cannot with reason be supposed Besides that those words in the line have there usually the pricks or vowels of the words in the margine after which they were read 1 It standeth not with the wisedome goodnesse and providence of God who preserveth all his creatures and hath magnified his Word above all his name Psal. 138 2. that he should suffer his Word in the originall and fountaine thereof left for a peculiar treasure to his Church in all ages to be corrupted and depraved and that in many hundred places to the scorne of Infidels and offence of his weake people The Iewes which hold that God hath more care of the letters and syllables of the Law than of the starres of heaven will loath them that shall seeke so to disgrace the holy Scripture 2 It is noted by the Apostle for a chiefe priviledge of the Iewes that unto them were com 〈…〉 ted the Oracles of God Rom. 3. 1 2. And from them we Christians have received them But this is no praise or advantage as the Apostle attributeth unto them if they have through negâ—â—gence and of purpose corrupted so many places so that the corruption if such it be hath spread as a Leprosie over all the Bible there being scarce any one little booke but hath the markes of their violent hands upon it Not any one of Moses bookes not Iosua Iudges Ruth Samuel or the Kings not Iob the Psalmes Proverbs Ecclesiastes or the Song of Songs 〈…〉 ot Esai Ezekiel Ieremy the Lamentations or almost any of the small Prophets Not the bookes written after the captivity of Babylon as the Chronicles Ezra Esther Daniel Hag 〈…〉 gai Zaccharie no not so much but the ten Commandements as in Deu. 5. 10. are tainted with this pollution Where then is the praise of the Iew Or where is the faithfulnesse of the Church of God the Pillar and Stay of Truth 1 Tim. 3. 15. if we cannot have the Oracles of God from them with so much fidelitie as we have humane writings from many heathens 3. These sixteene hundred years whiles the Iewes have been cast off from being the Church of God and have beene scattered for their sinnes upon the face of the earth and have bent their studies to disprove Christianitiy yet can they not justly be charged to my knowledge 〈…〉 t they have corrupted the Scripture but the Hebrew text remaineth as it was in the Apostles dayes and may we thinke that they were lesse carefull or conscionable in former times 〈…〉 iles they were Gods Church and had alwaies some good people among them that would have care of the Law They have beene these many years so watchfull that if any fault escape 〈…〉 e Scribe the booke is not allowable to be read in their Synagogues till it be corrected They 〈…〉 ave these rules that if the booke of the Law doe want but a letter or if it have but one letter 〈…〉 re than it should or if one letter touch another or if the forme of any letter be so corrupted that 〈◊〉 cannot be read it is a booke which Children may learne on but it may not be read publiquely 〈…〉 aimony in Sepher Torah c. 10. And for these divers readings called Keri and Cethib which 〈◊〉 them are accounted of Divine Authority they say If the word which is full be written de 〈…〉 or that which is defective full or if a word which is to be read in the margine be writ 〈…〉 in the line as it is to be read as if Iishcabennah be written in the place of lishgalennah Deut. 28. 20. or Techorim in the place of Gnapholim Deut. 28. 27. or the like the booke is not allow 〈…〉 neither hath in it the holinesse of the booke of the Law at all but is as a booke on which children 〈◊〉 Maim ibidem c. 7. s. 11. Yea so farre hath their diligence extended this way that they â—ave reckoned every letter how often it is found thorowout the Bible no people on earth â—ave shewed like religious care of any booke as they have of the holy Scripture that we have no reason to suspect them in former ages whiles they inhabited Sion out of which the Law â—as to come forth unto all nations Esay 2. 3. 4. Kimchi Arias Montanus and such as thinke that these divers readings
were occasioned by the captivity of Babylon and calamities then upon the Iewes have little shew of reason For â—beside that Kimchi himselfe sometimes alleageth both readings with out condemning of either and sheweth the meaning of both as is to be seene in his Commentaries on Esay 9. 3. Ios. 19. â—3 Esay 61. 1 c. and Arias translateth now the line and then the margine and sometimes â—oteth both what are 70 yeeres to corrupt all Copies When as a Copie written on Parch 〈…〉 as was their manner will endure many 70. yeeres intire Ieremy with some Iewes reâ—amed a while in the land Ezekiel Daniel and many godly men were in Babylon may wee suppose that none of them would keepe the Scriptures pure Ezra the learned Priest and Scribe came with the people out of Babylon they also had Prophets Haggai Zecharie and Malachie by whom these errours if they had beene such might have beene corrected and a 〈◊〉 Bible preserved for the Churches use Yea even the Bookes which Ezra Danieâ— Zacha 〈…〉 c. wrote have divers readings as hath Moses and the former Prophets 5. Our Saviour blameth the Priests Scribes and Pharisees for corrupting the Law by wrong 〈…〉 pretation Mat. 5. 15. 23. if they had violated and falsified the writing of the Scrip 〈…〉 would he have spared them Or would not he by himselfe or by his Apostles have pro 〈…〉 a perfect canon of the Word to be left unto his Church But wee finde no blame laid â—â—on them for marring the Text yea Christ and his Apostles send all to reade the Scrip 〈…〉 Luk. 16. 29. Iob. 5. 39. 2 Pet. 1. 19. and our Saviour confirmeth the Law unto every jot â—â—d little Maâ— 5. 18. all which things doe perswade that the holy Text was not then corrup 〈…〉 d and they that most labour to discredit it cannot shew how it should be corrupted since there being besides the Apostles many thousands of the Iewes and Churches of the Iewes that came to the Christian faith Act. 21. 20. Iam. 1. 1. and so could bring uncorrupted copies of the Scriptures with them unto the Christian Gentiles 6 The divers readings fore-spoken of are such as savour not of humane superstition but to men of understanding doe shew Gods wisdome as the residue of the Scripture and good reasons have beene rendred by many as well Christian as Iewish Expositors of both line and margine being in stead of briefe Commentaries one to another and if we cannot doe the like of all yet ought we not to condemne that we know not but in humility to seeke for further light 7. The holy Ghost in many places approueth the Keties or readings in the margine as where one Prophet writeth Tamor 1 King 9. 18. in Greeke Thamor and noteth in the margine to reade it Tadmor another Prophet after confirmeth it writing onely Tadmor 2 Chron. 8. 4. and there the Greeke also hath Thedmor Ieish in Gen. 36. 5. 14. is noted in the margine to be read Ieush and so the line writeth his name in Gen. 36. 18. and in 1 Chron. 1. 35. When one writeth Ish chai a lively man as Vatablus noteth and interpreteth it but warneth in the margine to reade Ish chajil a valiant man 2 Sam. 23. 20. another Prophet writeth this marginall text onely Ish chajil 1 Chron. 11. 22. When in speech of the first person there is a sudden change to the third as in 2 Sam. 22. 33 34. his way and his feet that this should not seeme strange the Hebrew margine there readeth it my way and my feet and this is confirmed by the Hebrew line in Psal. 18. 33 34. Neither may wee say that the former place is corrupted seeing the Scripture useth such change of person other where as in Deut. 5. 10. Iob 18. 4. Mit. 1. 2. Psal. 59. 10. and 65. 7. Dan. 9. 4. So Duke Aljah in 1 Chron. 1. 51. is there in the margine to to be read Alvah and so Moses wrote his name in Gen. 36. 40. Hezrai in the Hebrew margine 2 Sam. 23. 35. is by the letters in the line Hezro and in 1 Chron. 11. 37. only Hezro Zaanaim in Iudg. 4. 11. is read in the Hebrew margine Zaanannim and so the name is written in Ios. 19. 33. In 2 Sam. 23. 13. whereby the letters in the line Shalishim the Captaines of the thirty went downe the margine and vowels reade it Sheloshah three of the thirty and so it is after written Sheloshah three in 1 Chron. 11. 15. So he shall take 2 King 20. 18. is by the vowels and margine read they shall take and approved in Esay 39. 7. Hee had not the name 1 Chron. 11. 20. is read in the Hebrew margine He had the name and so it is written affirmatively in 2 Sam. 23. 18. In 1 Chron. 11. 11. where the Hebrew letters in the line say Chiefe of the thirty and so it is translated in the Greeke Bible and in our first English and the Geneva verlion after it and in the old Latine and the Spanish translations and by Pagnine there by the vowels and by the Keri in the margine it is read Chiefe of the Captaines for confirmation of this another Prophet writeth it Chiefe of the Captaines or the Chiefe Captaine 2 Sam. 23. 8. and sundry other examples might bee shewed The new Testament approveth also the marginall readings for whereas Gnanijim that is Poore or afflicted in Prov. 3. 34. is to bee read in the margine Gnanavim that is Lowly or Humble the Holy Ghost translateth according to the margine in Iam. 4. 6. and in 1 Pet. 5. 5. giveth grace to the Humble Where Chas 〈…〉 is written in the line with †jod a signe of the plurall number Psal. 16. 10. so that in Bibles unvowelled it may be taken for Chadsideca thine Holy ones which in sundry other examples may also be observed as in Psal. 145. 6. Eccles. 5. 1. Iudg. 13. 17. 1 Sam. 24. 5. and 26. 8. D 〈…〉 3. 12 18. Ezra 10. 12. Esay 26. 20. Ezek. 9. 5. there in the margine that signe of the plur 〈…〉 number jod is noted to be redundant and accordingly it is interpreted by the Spirit of God in Act. 2. 27. and 13. 35. ton Hosion son thine Holy one 8. As the Iewish nation a few late men excepted approve of those readings in the margine and yet hold the word in the line uncorrupted so among Christians of all languages they have beene reverenced Translatours from the Hebrew have at their discretion taken sometimes the one sometimes the other without condemning that which they omit Out 〈◊〉 English version translateth the margine commonly yet often noteth the other someti 〈…〉 the line and noteth also that which is in the margine as is to be seene in 1 King 22. 48. Ios. 〈◊〉 12. 15. 53. 2. King 20 4. 23. 33. 2 Sam. 14. 20. Psal. 100. 3 Pro. 17. 27. Ier. 2. 20. Dan. 9. 〈◊〉 Esay 9. 3. and
If then the whole tenour of that Revelation be to prophesie of matters from former types and predictions it is consonant and proportionable that the like is done in Revel 21. 2. And that 21. Chapter foretelling the restauration of the Church after the fall of Antichrist and withall as the best Expositors have opened it of the calling againe of the Iewes according to the prophesies of old and of our Apostle in Rom. 11. it is not likely but the holy Ghost who throughout those visions and in matters concerning the Gentiles alludeth to the old Testament would much rather doe the like where he prophesieth of the Iewes 3. Many particulars in that Chapter confirme this as when the Church is called by the 〈◊〉 name Ierusalem Revel 21. vers 2 10. and the Tabernacle of God vers 3. when expresse mention is made of the names of the 〈◊〉 tribes of Israel to be at the twelve gates v. 12. when the Citie is measured according to the visions of old Ezek. 40. 3. with a reed ver 1â— when God and the Lambe are called the Temple of it vers 22. and sundry the like 4. It will not be denied I suppose by men of under standing which compare the Scriptures that these last visions of Iohn have reference in many things to the last visions of Ezekiel As the gates of the Citie have their names of the tribes of Israel which there are expressed one of Reuben one of Iudah one of Levi c. 〈◊〉 48. 31 c. so the gates of this C 〈…〉 which Iohn saw have at them the names of the twelve tribes of the sonnes of Israel Rev. 21. 12. There waters issue out of Gods house Ezek. 47. 〈◊〉 so here is a pure river of water of liâ—e Rev. 22 1. There trees grow by the river Ezek. 47. 12. here the tree of life Rev. 22. 2. with other things concordant So that the state of the Church there being described from Israel and the possession of the tribes by name Ezek. 48. yeeldeth strong probability of the like allusions here and consequently of the twelve precious stones to the stones of the tribes which are no where named but by Moses in Exodus 5. And this the rather because as Aarons ornaments were for glory and beauty Exod. 28. 2. so these stones are for garnishment to the foundations of the walls of the Citie Rev. 21. 19. And the Tabernacle of Moses was walled as we may say with the twelve Tribes which compassed it in a square Numb 2. Now seeing the Saints are compared to precious stones Lam. 4. 1 2 7. 1 Pet. 2. 5. unto what company rather than to the twelve tribes described by their precious stones in Aarons Ephod may we thinke hath the Lord reference in Rev. 21. 6. Againe seeing the names of the Lambes twelve Apostles are in the foundations of this wall Rev. 21. 14. which Apostles are answer able to the twelve Patriarchs of the tribes both in number so noted by the Spirit of God v. 12. 14. and in propagation of the Church spiritually by the Gospel 1 Cor. 4. 15. Gal. 4. 19. 3 Ioh. v. 4. as the Patriarchs were fathers of the ancient Church both in the flesh and in the Lord and in government as the other governed the Tribes Psal. 45. 16. Matth. 19. 28. 1 Cor. 4. 19 21. besides other things wherein they may be compared it seemeth most fit and according to the things both in this Chapter whole Booke that the precious stones by which these twelve foundations are described should be answerable to the twelve precious stones whereon the names of the Patriarchs were graved Exod. 28. for there is no place else in the Scripture whereto they can have reference 7. Moreover there is in the Prophets another name of the Adamant or Diamond called in Hebrew Shamir which is noted of the Holy Ghost to be hard even harder than flint Zach. 7. 12. Ezek. 3. 9. and to be of use for graving Ier. 17. 1. so that the speciall things which mine Opposite observeth from Plinie an heathen writer of the nature of the Adamant are by the testimony of God found in this Shamir And it is translated the Adamant by consent of the most Interpreters both old and new and by the Greeke version in Ier. 17. 1. that if the voices of learned men may end this controversie there be as many or moe for Shamir to be the Adamant than can I suppose be brought for Iahalom And the same Prophet which useth Shamir for the Adamant when he hath reference to the stones on the Ephod retaineth the names in Exodus the Iahalom among them Ezek. 3. 9. and 28. 13. Wherefore if Shamir be the Hebrew name of the Adamant the stone Iabalâ—m in Exo. 28. may well be another than it and if another where may we safer seeke it than in Rev. 21. for the reasons before shewed That which is alleaged for the contrary from the notation of the word Iahalom and consent of many Interpreters and the like hath I confesse probability and were it not for the causes above shewed I would thinke it to be the Adamant though the notation likewise of Shamir and agreement of Interpreters may also perswade it to be the Adamant and for Plinies testimony of the Adamants that they are desired of engravers it accordeth to this Shamir as we may learne of the Prophet Ier. 17. 1. And for the price of the Adamant above the Sardonyx or any gem or other humane things as the same Plinie reporteth it will not though so it be end this question seeing it is not necessary to conclude that God would chuse the most precious thing to signifie grace in men which have it but in part especially seeing hee putteth this stone not in the first but in the sixt place as the Iahalom is ordered in Exo. 28. 18. Yea it is plainly without likelihood that God would impart the most precious thing among the Patriarchs and take it away from among the Apostles for it is sure no Adamant is to be found in Rev. 21. This were to preferre the old Tehament before the New the Law before the Gospel Moses before Christ contrary to the Apostles doctrine in 2 Cor. 3. and to make the holy Ierusalem the Bride the Lambs wife which is said to have the glory of God and her wals garnished with all manner of precious stones and many other like excellencies Revel 21. 9 10 19. c. to be inferiour in glory to Moses Sanctuary and the earthly Ierusalem and those that ministred in the same which a man of sound judgement will not easily beleeve And whatsoever Plinie saith of the preciousnesse of the Adamant we are assured from God that the Sardonix is precious Revel 21. 19 20. and Plinie himselfe confirmeth it by the example of the Tyrant Polycrates who so greatly esteemed the Sardonix in his Ring that he valued the losse thereof with all his wealth and felicity which he
hath use and so in Psal. 86. 4. Vers. 2. In thee the Chaldee expoundeth it In thy Word so in vers 3. not be abashed that is not disappointed of my hope nor vanquished by my foes See Psal. 6. 11. shew gladnesse insult or triumph for ioy as having got the victory 2 Chron. 20. 27. Vers. 3. yea all or Yea any for whosoever beleeveth in God shall not be ashamed Rom. 10. 10. earnestly expect or patiently hope they shall be or prayer-wise let them be Unfaithfully transgresse that deale disloyally contrary to dutie promise and trust reposed in them So elsewhere he prayeth that no grace be shewed to such Psa. 59. 6. in vaine or without cause and without fruit Psal. 7. 5. Vers. 4. Thy wayes that is thy true faith and religion as Act. 18. 25 26. and thy guidance of mee therein So Moses prayed Exod. 33. 13. learne me thy paths inure me with thy paths or journeyes Learning implieth are and exercise and informing by customable practise Vers. 5. Make me to tread or to goe guide my way in thy truth that is in thy word for that is the truth Ioh. 17. 17. 3 Joh. 3. So after vers 9. Vers. 6. tender mercies or bowels of compassion See Psal. 18. 2. This word noteth the inward affections as the next kinde mercies imply the actions or effects of love from eternitie or from ever This in humane affaires sometime meaneth but of old or a long while Gen. 6. 4. Esay 42. 14. But here and else-where it noteth the eternitie of Gods love which was firme unto his before the world was 2 Tim. 1. 9. Eph. 1. 4. so shewed throughout all generations and is in like sort for ever or to eternity Psal. 100. 5. because our firme happinesse shall have no end Dan. 12. 3. 1 Pet. 1. 4. And these both are conjoyned Psal. 103. 17. Vers. 7. Sinnes of my youth The imagination of mans heart is evill from his youth Gen. 8. 21. and of all mans life youth commonly is most vaine Eccles. 11. 9 10. for which God often punisheth men in their age so making them as Iob saith to inherit the iniquities of their youth Iob 13. 26. Ier. 3. 25. Vers. 8. will he teach or informe with the law for of this word the Law is derived Psal. 19. 8. sinners in the way that is such as sinne and misse the right way God will teach and reduce them thus the Greeke interpreteth it Or those that are sinners he will teach and informe in the way that is right or in his way as vers 9. Vers. 9. to tread in judgement to walke judiciously and as is right and fit Vers. 10. his covenant his testament all bond or league called in Hebrew Brith w ch hath the signification of brotherly or friendly parting of explaining the conditions of agreement For at the making of solemne covenants beasts were killed and parted asunder and the covenant-makers went betweene the parts Gen. 15. 9 10. 17. Ier. 34. 18. Hereupon is the phrase of cutting or striking a covenant Psal. 50. 5. and 83. 6. and 89. 4. The Apostles in Greeke call it diathekee a testament a testamentall covenant or disposing of things Heb. 8. 8. from Ier. 31. 31. And there be two principall covenants or testaments the first that which God made with our fathers when he brought them out of Aegypt the summe whereof was contained in the ten commandements written by the finger of God Deut. 4. 13. Exod. 24. 28. 1 King 8. 21. the other laws written by Moses in a booke called the booke of the covenant 2 King 23. 2. Exod. 24. 4. 7. The second covenant is that new testament all bond which God hath made with us in Christ established upon better promises and confirmed by the bloud and death of Christ the testator as the first was by the bloud and death of beasts Luke 22. 20. Heb. 8. 6. 8. and 9. 16 17 18 c. Vers. 11. even mercisully pardon or therefore thou wilt mercifully forgive This David taketh from Moses who first used this word in a case of great offence Exod. 34. 9. and it betokeneth to spare or pardon upon pacification of grace and mercie and is interpreted by the Apostle in Greeke to be mercicifull propitious or appeased Heb. 8. 12. from Ier. 31. 34. Often used in the Law for forgivenesse upon oblation or intercession made by the Priest Lev. 4. 20. 26. 31. 35. and 5. 10. 13. 16. 18. c. Vers. 12. Who is the man or What manner of man shall he be The Hebrew phrase is Who this the man which also may be resolved Whosoever is the man he shall chuse that is which he shall love and like or which he loveth So chosen Isa. 42. 1. is translated in Greke beloved Matt. 12. 18. Or which he shall require and command for so chusing sometime signifieth 2 Sam. 19. 38. and 15. 15. Vers. 13. lodge in good that is continue in good estate case and prosperitie So lodging is for continuance Iob 17. 2. Prov. 19. 23. and for good the Chaldee saith the blessednesse of the world to come the Greeke translateth in good things the land meaning Canaan the land promised for a possession to Abraham and his seed Gen. 15. 7. and 12. 7. called therfore the land of promise Heb. 11. 9. elsewhere the holy land Zach. 2. 12. the Lords land Ps. 10. 16. the land of Immanuel that is of Christ Isa. 8. 8. a land flowing with milke honey and the pleasantast of all lands Ezek. 20. 6. the seat of Gods ancient Church and figure of his Kingdome Vers. 14. The secret or The mysterie of the Lord meaning that his secret favour is towards them and his secret counsell and mysterie of the faith is revealed unto them for so this word noteth as when Iob saith Gods secret was upon his tabernacle meaning his favour and providence Iob 29. 4. and Gods secret is his counsell Iob 15. 8. Ier. 23. 18. 22. and the hid thing of Christ are often called a mysterie Rom. 16. 25. 1 Cor. 2. 7. and 4. 1. 1 Tim. 3. 9. 16. Eph. 3. 3. 4. 9. Col. 1. 26 27. So Prov. 3. 32. Vers. 16. turne the face or Have respect unto me This was a blessing promised in the law Levit. 26. 9. I will turne the face unto you and make you increase Contrary to this is the hiding of Gods face Psal. 69. 17 18. solitary alone or desolate see Psal. 22. 21. Vers. 17. are inlarged or doe inlarge themselves doe make wide roomth He sheweth his heart to bee penned in with straights and distressing sorrowes which largely spread themselves overall vexations or anguishes tribulations which presse and wring Vers. 18. See my affliction This phrase is taken from Deut. 26. 7. he saw our affliction And it here meaneth a seeing and regarding with compassion and so a redresse and helpe Gen. 29. 22. Exod. 3 7 8. Psal. 31. 8. and 119. 153. and 106. 44. Sometime
so after in vers 13. see Psal. 35. 18. above telling that is moe than I or any can tell or moe than can be told Vers. 7. thou wouldest not or delightedst not Christ was to cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease Dâ—â— 9. 27. because it was unpossible that they should purge sinnes Hebr. 10. 4. therefore speaketh hee thus to God his Father Heb. 10. 5. mine eares or eares to me see Psal. 3. 1. digged open or pierced that is thou hast made mee obedient to thy voice contrary to which is the stopping of the eare Psal. 58. 5. so the Chaldee explaineth it thou hast digged open mine eares to hearken unto thy commandements Or mine eares thou hast boared as thy servant for ever according to the law Exod. 21. 6. The Greeke Interpreters to make the sense plainer say but a body hast thou fitted to me meaning that his body was ordained and fitted to be a sacrifice for the sinnes of the world when the other legall sacrifices were refused as unprofitable And thus the Apostle alleageth the words following the Greeke Hebr. 10. 5 10. burnt-offering sacrifice that goeth all up in fire See Psal. 20. 4. sin-offering or expiation oblation for sinne as the Apostle calleth it Hebr. 10. The word Sinne is often in the Law put for the sin-offering Levit. 4. 24 c. Exod. 29. 14 So the Apostle saith Him that knew no sin he made sin that is a sin-offering for us 2 Cor. 5. 21. Vers. 8. Loe I come or am come to wit into the world Hebr. 10. 5. and particularly to Ierusalem to give my selfe a sacrifice for sinne See Mark 10. 32 33 34. The Chaldee not understanding this mystery paraphraseth Loe I enter into life eternall when I have studied or exercised my selfe in the roll of the booke of the law which is written for me alluding as it seemeth to Deut. 17. vers 18 19 20. the roll or volume of the booke that is a booke or scroll of paper or parchment rolled up The like phrase is used Ier. 36. 2 c. Ezek. 2. 9. c. The Hebrew Sepher book is used generally for any writings evidences bils court-rolls c. Deut. 24. 1. 2 King 5. 5 6. Ier. 32. 11. and the bookes in Israel were written in long scrolles and folden or wrapped up Hence is that phrase the heavens shall be folden up like a booke Isa. 34. 4. Rev. 6. 14. it is written So Chist saith The son of man goeth as it is written of him Mat. 26. 24. and Moses wrote of me Ioh. 5. 46. See also Luk. 24. 44. 46. Act. 13. 29. Vers. 9. thy acceptable will by the which will we are sanctified even by the offering of the body of Iesus Christ once Heb. 10. 10. See also Ioh. 6. 38. Luk. 22. 42. Vers. 10. I have preached the glad tidings of or I have evangelized justice of this word the Evangelie or Gospell hath the name the Greeke signifying Good tidings and the English also to like effect made of the Saxon godspell that is a good speech And the justice here meant is thus set forth by the Apostle Now is the justice of God made manifest without the law having witnesse of the law and of the Prophets namely the justice of God by the faith of Iesus Christ unto all and upon all that beleeve c. Rom. 3. 21 22. the great church or assembly congregation So Psal. 22. 23. close not up restraine not as in a prison that words should not be uttered Ier. 32. 2 3. Vers. 11. I said that is mentioned and spoke of as 2 Sam. 6. 22. to the great church the word to is referred to Gods mercy and truth extended to the church The Greeke referreth it to concealed and translateth from the great church And the Hebrew elsewhere usually speaketh Psal. 69. 6. and 78. 4. and 139. 15. Vers. 13. iniquities this word as the former evils is sometime used for sinne sometime for the punishment of sinne See Psal. 31. 11. Vers. 14. Vouchsafe or Let it please thee Vers. 15. to make an end of it to consume or destroy it Compare this conclusion with the 70. Psalme Vers. 16. made desolate or wondrously wasted unto amazednesse and astonishment So after in Psal. 46. 9. and 69. 26. and 73. 19. and 79. 7. for a reward or an end of their shame that they would bring upon me End is used for reward as Psal. 19. 12. or For because of their shame The Hebrew word sometime signifieth because Isa. 5. 23. Genes 22. 18. Deut. 7. 12. aha the Chaldee openeth it with this paraphrase wee are glad at his destruction Vers. 18. thinketh on me in Greeke hath care of me in Chaldee thinketh good for me delay not prolong not the time till the last and consequently faile not The word is so to tarry or linger as to disappoint one of his expectation as Habak 2. 3. Though it tarry wait thou for it shall surely come and shall not delay that is not faile And thus may we understand other like Scriptures as Deut. 7. 10. God will not delay that is not faile to reward him that hateth him Deut. 23. 21. when thou vowest a vow to the Lord thou shalt not delay that is not faile to pay it So Exod. 22. 29. and sundry the like PSAL. XLI David prophesieth of Christs poverty and afflictions 5 His prayer and complaint of his enemies 10 Iudas his treachery 11 Christs resurrection and glorie for which he blesseth God To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of David O Blessed is hee that prudently attendeth unto the poore weakling in the day of evill Iehovah will deliver him Iehovah will keepe him and preserve him alive he shall be made blessed in the earth and give thou him not to the soule of his enemies Iehovah will uphold him on the bed-sted of languishing sorrow all his bed thou hast turned in his sicknesse I did say Iehovah be gracious to me heale my soule for I have sinned against thee My enemies said evill of me when shall he die and his name perish And if he come to see he speaketh false vanitie in his heart he heapeth up painfull iniquitie to him selfe he goeth forth abroad he speaketh it Together against me whisper doe all that hate me against me they thinke evill to me A mischievous thing is fastened in him and he that lieth downe shall no more rise up Also the man of my peace he whom I trusted in that eateth my bread he hath greatly lifted up the heele against me And thou Iehovah be gracious to me and raise me up and I shall repay them By this I know that thou delightest in me because my enemie shall not shout triumphantly over me And me thou hast sustained me in mine integritie and hast setled me before thy face for ever Blessed is Iehovah the God of Israel from eternitie and unto eternity Amen and Amen Annotations THat prudently attendeth or skilfully carieth himselfe it
14. and 108. 14. Vers. 9. In God we praised to wit his actions salvations c. See a like phrase in Psalm 56. 5. 11. and Psal. 71. 6. Or understand we praised our selves that is gloried triumphed And thus the Greeke In God we shall be praised the Chaldee saith In the word of our God Vers. 12. sheepe for meat or of meat that is to be eaten So after vers 23. sheepe of slaughter that is to be slaine fannest or dispersest strowest abroad as the fan that winnoweth Ier. 4. 11. and 51. 2. So after in Psal. 106. 27. Vers. 13. for no wealth that is for a vile price without gaine God is said to sell his people when he delivereth them into their enemies hands as out of his owne possession So Deut. 32. 30. Likewise in Esay 52. 3. the Lord saith yee have beene sold for nought and yee shall be redeemed without money increasest not or gainest not by the prices of them takest no other people in their stead or increasest that is hightenest not their price Vers. 15. a parable a by-word or proverbe This is often used for grave wise and princely sentences as Psalm 49. 5. here in the ill part for a by-word reproach and fable so Psal. 69. 12. Iob 17. 6. And thus is fulfilled that which was threatned Deut. 28. 37. 1 King 9. 7. Jer. 24. 9. nodding of the head that is a mockage Psal. 22. 8. 9. Vers. 17. taunter or blasphemer Num. 15. 30. Vers. 20. of Dragons or of whale fishes For the Hebrew word is common both for land and water-dragons or whales So Psal. 148. 7. And hereby is meant the place of desolation and affliction as the Greeke here translateth it See Mal. 1. 3. Isa. 34. 13. Ier. 9. 11. and 10. 22. Iob 30. 29. with the shade or in the shade see Psalm 23. 4. Vers. 2â— spred out our hands or our palmes that is have prayed unto for in prayer they spred out the palmes of their hands as to receive a blessing from God 1 King 8. 22. Exod 9. 29. Psal. 143. 6. So the Chaldee explaineth it spred out our hands in prayer to the idols of other peoples Vers. 23. But for thee or For for thy sake that is so farre we be from following strange gods as that for thy sake we are killed daily And this also is a comfort in affliction See Rom. 8. 36. Vers. 24. Stirre up to wit thy selfe These things are spoken of God after the manner of men for properly he that keepeth Israel slumbreth not nor sleepeth Psal. 121. 4. Vers. 26. to the dust this noteth a base and abject state Psal. 113. 7. like this is the soule cleaving to the dust Psal. 119. 25. and putting the mouth in the dust Lam. 3. 29. Vers. 27. an helpfulnesse that is a full helpe The Hebrew hath a letter more than ordinary to increase the signification So Psal. 63. 8. and 94. 17. See the notes on Psal. 3. 3. PSAL. XLV The Majestie and grace of Christ and his kingdome 11 The dutie of the Church and the benefits thereof 14 The glorie of Christians To the master of the musicke upon Shoshannim to the sonnes of Korach an instructing Psalme a song of the wel-beloved virgins MIne heart hath boiled a good word I doe say my workes to the King my tongue the pen of a speedy writer Thou art much fairer than the sonnes of Adam grace is powred out in thy lips therefore God hath blessed thee for ever Gird thy sword upon the thigh O mighty one thy glorious majestie and thy comely honour And in thy comely honour prosper ride on word of truth and of meeknesse and of justice and thy right hand shall teach thee fearfull things Thy arrowes are sharp peoples shall fall under thee in the heart of the Kings enemies Thy throne O God is ever and perpetuall the scepter of thy kingdome is a scepter of righteousnesse Thou lovest justice and hatest wickednesse therefore God thy God hath anointed thee with oile of joyfuluesse above thy fellowes Myrrh and Aloes Cassia all thy garments out of the Ivorie palaces more than they that make thee joyfull Kings daughters are among thy precious ones set is the Queene at thy right hand in fine gold of Ophir Heare O daughter and see and bend thine care and forget thy people and thy fathers house And the King will covet thy beautie for hee is thy Lord and bow downe thy selfe to him And the daughter of Tyrus with oblation shall earnestly beseeke thy face even the rich of the people The Kings daughter is all glorious within her clothing is of purled workes of gold In embroideries shee shall be led along to the King virgins after her her fellow-friends brought in to thee They shall be led along with joyes and gladnesse they shall enter into the Kings palace In stead of thy fathers shall be thy sonnes thou shalt put them for princes in all the earth I will make memorie of thy name in every generation and generation therefore peoples shall confesse thee for ever and aâ—â— Annotations SHoshannim that is Six-stringed instruments for so by comparison with other titles it seemeth here to be meant of musicall instruments as Shalishim be â—â—â—â—e-stranged instruments 1 SaÌ„ 18. 6. Else-where it signifieth six-leaved flowers that is Lilies as Song 2. 6. w ch may also be minded here The Hebrew word is derived of Sâ—â—â—â— that is Six â—â—ke title is in Psal. 69. 1. 80. 1. The Chaldee expoundeth it for them that sit in the Synedrion or Council of Moses which was spoken in prophesie by th◠〈◊〉 of Korah of the welbeloved virgins Kings daughters and other honourable damosels attending upon and comming with the Queene the friends of the bridegroome and bride verse 10. 15. who should sing this marriage-song in praise of them Therefore this Hymne setteth forth Christ in his glory and his Spouse the Church in her beautie For Christis the Bridegroome and Ierusalem the Bride Ioh. 3. 29. Rev. 21. 9 10. all true Christians are Virgins for their spirituall chastitie Rev. 14. 1 4. following and loving the Lambe for the sweet odour of his Name or Gospell Song 1. 2. and are beloved of him and have this new song of praise put into their mouthes Of him is this Psalme as the Apostle expoundeth it Heb. 1. 8. Vers. 2. hath boiled or frieth boileth as in a frying pan that is hath studied and prepared by servent meditation A similitude taken from the Mincah or meat-offering in the law which was dressed in the frying pan Levit. 7. 9. and there boiled in oile being made of fine flower unlevened mingled with oile Levit. 2. 5. and after was presented to the Lord by the Priest vers 8. c. Here the matter of this Psalme is as the Mincah or oblation which with the oile the grace of the spirit was boiled and prepared in the Prophets heart and now presented So the Psal. 141. is likewise compared to the
silver wings is meant prosperity Or we may understand it of the two bounds and limits of the enemies where they are continually assayled and indangered And this the Greeke seemeth to favour turning it ana meson â—oeâ— cleroon amids or betweene the inheritances even as they also translate the two burthens or limits betweene which Isacâ—â—r couched Ger. 49. 14. which tribe had the Philistians at one end and Ammonites on the other that vexed them The Chaldee giveth this paraphrase The God of Israel said Though ye kings lye or sleepe betweene the curtaines behold the Church of Israel which is like unto a dove covered with clouds of glory divideth the spoile of the Egyptians with yellow gold understand againe decked with yellow or greenish gold that is of a golden colouâ— and greene as the originall word importeth Levit. 13. 49. and 14. 57. Vers. 15. the Almighty or Al-sufficient that is God named in Hebrew Shaddai of his power and sufficiencie to goe thorow with all things and for wasting and destroying his enemies as at the drowning of the world To this the Prophets have reference saying that shod destruction shall come from Shaddai the Almighty Isa. 13. 6. Ioel 1. 15. scattereth or spreadeth abroad having discomfited the kings his enemies in that his inheritance verse 10. 11. So spreading is used for scattering Zach. 2. 6. it shall be snow-white or thou shalt be snowy speaking to the Church or of it Whitenesse denoteth victorie joy glory Rev. 2. 17. and 3. 5. Luk. 9 29. and whitenesse as snow is a resemblance of purifying from sinne Psal. 51. 9. Isa. 1. 18. Tsalmon in Greeke Selmon a mount of Samaria in the Tribe of Ephraim neere the City Sichem as appeareth Iudg. 9. 47 48. situate in the heart of the Country Tsalmon signifieth shady or darke and so it seemeth this mount was with caves glinns and trees that grew thereon but with snow upon it was made lightsome So to bee snow white in Tsalmâ—n is to have light in darknesse joy in tribulation Vers. 16. A mount of God that is high large and full of divine blessings for Basan was a fat and fruitfull mountaine See Psal. 22. 13. and 36. 7. an hilly mount or a mount of hillâ—ks or knobs having many tops This seemeth to be a comparison Basan is a goodly large mountaine but this Sion doth excell it for here God dwelleth with his Angels c. Vers. 17. leape ye insult ye proudly or lay ye wait for The originall Ratsad is no where found in Hebrew but here onely In Arabik it signifieth to espie and lye in wait for the hurt of others which agreeth well with the argument here for his seat to dwell in it The Lord chose Sion and desired it for his seat this shall be my rest for ever Psal. 132. 13 14. So the Lambe Christ is on mount Sioâ— Rev. 14. 1. But the Chaldee referreth this also to mount Sinai upon which the Word of God desired to place his divine presence Vers. 18. Gods chariot which he useth for his owne service for defence of his Church and destruction of his foes see Psal. 18. 11. Chariot is put for Chariots as ship 1 King 10. 22. for ships 2 Chron. 9. 21. or to note out the joint service of all the Angels as of one twise ten thousand or double myriads that is innumerable in the Greek ten thousand fâ—ld meaning innumerable Angels the Hebrew Shinan translated Angels is not elsewhere found in Scripture It seemeth to come of Shanah to second as being second or next to God the chiefe Princes Daâ— 10. 13. as those in place next Kings are called the second unto them 2 Chron. 28. 7. Esth. 10. 3. If wee referre it to the number we may turne it redoubled or manifold If to the Chariots and derive it of Shanan to sharpen it may note a kinde of Chariots with sharpe hooks used in warres as many humane writers record 2 Meccaâ— 13. 2. Statius lib. 10. Thebaid Macroâ—ius c. How ever the word bee doubtfull the meaning seemeth to be of Angels as the Chaldee plainly expresseth which the Greekes here translate chearfull ones as of the Hebrew Shaan to bee in tranquillitie and joy and the Apostle seemeth to have reference to this place where he mentioneth mount Siâ—n the celestiall Ierusalem and the company of ten thousands of Angels which now we are come unto in Christ Heb. 12. 22. And Angels have appeared like fierie Chariots 2 King 6. 17. with them or in them as in Sinai as God was in Sinai with ten thousands of holy ones when hee gave the fierie Law Deut. 33. 2. so is he in Sion with ten thousands of Angels Heb. 12. 22. Here the words as in seeme necessarily to be supplied or the word Lord as the Lord of Sinai with like meaning as before Vers. 19. Thou art ascended c. Thou Lord Iesus art gone up to the highest Heaven having first descended to the lowest earth So the Apostle teacheth us to understand this place Eph. 4 8 9. to on high or to the high place see Psal. 7. 8. The Chaldee translateth it to the firmament led captive or captived a captivitie that is a company of captives a prey of people taken in warre See the like phrase 2 Chron. 28. 5. 11. Iudg. 5. 12. Numb 21. 1. Deut. 21. 10. So poverty is used for a company of poore people 2 King 24. 14. Christs enemies Satan sinne death hell c. were by him subdued Colos. 2. 15. his Elect captived by Satan were by him redeemed of whom also this may bee meant as Psal. 126. 1 4. hast taken gifts unto that is hast given and distributed gifts among men An Hebrew phrase often used as Take me a sword 1 King 3. 24. that is give or bring it me Take her me to wife Iudg. 14. 2. Take me an offering Exod. 25. 2. Take me a little water 1 King 17. 10. that is Give Giving also is sometime used for taking as Gen. 42. 30. he gave that is tooke us for spies Rightly therefore doth the Apostle turne this in Greeke given Ephes. 4. 8. and the next words â—â—Adam is unto men as Paul explaineth it or among men as Ieremy 49. 15. And the gifts are the Ministers of the Gospell given for the good of the Church Ephes. 4. 11 12. So the Chaldee here addeth thou hast taught the words of the Law hast given gifts to the sonnes of men and also the rebellious or disobedient to wit thou hast led captive They that continue rebellious are subdued to destruction Psal. 2. 9. Isa. 11. 4. others by conversion as Saul breathing out threatnings and slaughter was by Christ subdued Act. 9. And after spake of himselfe and others we ourselves were in times past unwise disobedient c. but when the bountifulnesse and love of God our Saviour towards man appeared he saved us c. Tit. 3. 3 4 5. to dwell understand in Gods mount as vers 17. or with
made knowen thy strength among the peoples Thou hast redeemed thy people with arme the sonnes of Iakob and of Ioseph Selah The waters saw thee O God the waters saw thee they trembled also the deeps were stirred The clouds streamed downe waters the skies gave out a voice also thine arrowes walked about The voice of thy thunder was in the round aire lightnings illuminated the world the earth was stirred and quaked Thy way was in the sea and thy pathes in the many waters thy footsteps were not knowen Thou didst leade thy people like a flocke by the hand of Moses and Aharon Annotations TO Ieduthun or for him see Psal. 39. 1. and 62. 1. Vers. 2. he gave eare so the Greeke explaineth the Hebrew phrase to give eare see the like Psal. 65. 11. Vers. 3. sought the Lord in Chaldee sought instruction from before the Lord and the spirit of prophesie rested upon me retched out or flowed was powred out that is was stretched out in prayer a vehement figurative speech like that of powring out the heart Psal. 62. 9. or was wet with continuall wiping of mine eies or by hand may be meant plague or sore as in Iob 23. 2. which continually ran The Chaldee expoundeth it by night mine eie dropped teares and ceased not Vers. 4. meditated or praied See Psal. 55. 3 18. overwhelmed or covered it selfe that is swowned or fainted with sorrow So Psal. 142. 4. and 143. 4. and 107. 5. Lam. 2. 12. Vers. 5. the watches or the wards custodies that is as the Chaldee explaineth it the lids of mine eies so that I cannot sleepe stricken amazed beaten with terrour as with a hammer or as the Greeke saith troubled So Dan 2. 1 3. Gen. 41. 8. could not speake so the Hebrew phrase spake not is sometime to be interepreted as who shall judge 2 Chron. 1. 10. for which in 1 King 3. 9. is written who can or is able to judge So Psalme 78. 20. Vers. 6. of ancient times or of eternities that is of ages past This hee did according to the commandement Deut. 32. 7. for former histories are written for our learning Rom. 15. 4. 1 Cor. 10. 11. Vers. 7. my melody or musicall play to wit how I had before time played and sung songs of praise for thy benefits see Psal. 33. 2 3. or I remembred my musicke and tooke my instrument and thus I sung spirit searched in Chaldee the knowledge of my spirit searched marvellous things Vers. 11. doth this make me sicke doth it grieve and weaken me that the right hand the administration of God is changed and hee keepeth not one constant course in his workes The Prophet seemeth to checke himselfe for his infirmity Or taking it not for a question it maketh me sicke or this is my infirmitie the change or that changed is for so the Hebrew phrase to change may be resolved Vers. 12. will record will remember for my selfe and mention to others The Hebrew implieth both these by a double reading miracle that is miracles or wondrous works as the Greeke explaineth it all and every of them done of old So after in vers 15. Vers. 13. discourse or meditate intreat of both in minde and talke Vers. 14. in the Sanctuary or in sanctitie in the holy place as the Greeke turneth it meaning it is most holy and secret hidden from the eyes of the world as holy things were hidden in the Sanctuarie especially the Ark and Cherubims where God sate So as it was not lawfull for people or Priests to see them Num. 4. 6 7 15 20. Levit. 16. 2. Compare also herewith Psal. 73. 16 17. The Chaldee translateth O God how holy are thy wayes a God or a mightie one a Potentate Hebr. Ael So in the next verse as God in Greeke as our God in Chaldee as the God of Israel Vers. 15. Marvellous work that is works wonders This is taken from Exod. 15. 11. Vers. 16. with arme that is with power an arme stretched out as Exod. 6 6. in Greeke with thine arme of Iaakob that is the tribes of Israel borne of him of Joseph this may be meant as the Chaldee Paraphrast taketh it of all the Israelites whom Ioseph nourished Gen. 45. 10. 11. and 50. 21. called therefore his sonnes or in speciall of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasses the sonnes of Ioseph noted from the rest for more honour Compare also herewith Psal. 80. 2 3. Vers. 17. The waters of the red sea Exod. 14. 21. Psal. 114. 3. The Chaldee paraphraseth They saw thy divine Majestie from the midst of the sea O God trembled or were pained as a woman in travell So Psal. 29. 8. and 97. 4. Vers. 18. streamed or gushed with a tempest These things were when the Lord looked unto the host of the Aegyptians out of the fiery and cloudy pillar and so feared and hindred them with stormy tempests that their chariot wheeles fell off c. Exod. 14. 24. 25. And thus Israel was baptised in the cloud and in the sea 1 Cor. 10. 1. 2. thine arrowes or stones as this word also signifieth Lam. 3. 16. meaning haile-stones See Psalm 18. 15. Ios. 10 11. Vers. 19. in the round aire in the sphere or globe The aire is so called of the round forme which it with all the heavens hath Of the thunder in the aire see Iob 37. 2 5. Psal. 29. Vers. 20. Thy way wherein thou wentest and leddest thy people confounding thy foes Exod. 14. 19 20 22. Nehem. 9. 11. So elsewhere his way is in the whilewind Nahum 1. 3. were not knowne to wit before that time nor after for the waters returned to their force and drowned the Aegyptians Exod. 14. 27. So his other wayes are past finding out Rom. 11. 33. that men must walke by faith not by sight 2 Cor. 5. 7. Vers. 21. lead thy people thorow the sea and after thorow the wildernesse towards Canaan Moses being their King and Aaron their Priest The Memory of which mercy is often celebrated Deut. 8. 2 5. 15. and 32. 10. Ier. 2. 2 6. Amos 2. 10. Mic. 6. 4. Psal. 136. 16. Act. 7. 35. 36. PSAL. LXXVIII An exhortation both to learne and to preach the Law of God 9 The story of Gods wrath against the incredulous and disobedient Israelites 67 Ephraim being refused God chose Iudah Sion and David An instructing Psalme of Asaph GIve eare my people to my law incline your eare to the words of my mouth I will open my mouth in a parable I will utter hid things of antiquitie Which we have heard and have knowne them and our fathers have told us We will not hide from their sonnes to the generation after telling the praises of Iehovah his power also and his marvell which hee hath done How he stablished a testimony in Iakob and put a law in Israel which he commanded our fathers to make them knowne to their sons That the generation after sons that should be borne might know might rise up
feast which was thrise in the yeare 1 at the Passeover 2 at Pentecost and 3 at the feast of Tabernacles Deut. 16. 26. of which last some understand this festivitie Ceseh as having the name of covering in boothes others of the covering that is the change of the moone when it is hid by the Sunne feast or daunce see Psal. 42. 5. This may be meant of all feasts or in speciall of the feast of blowing trumpets in the first day of the seventh moneth Levit. 23. 24. or of the Passeover as after verse 6. Vers. 5. a judgement that is a rite or ordinance made by God and a duty to be performed to him So judgement is for dutie Deut. 18. 3. Vers. 6. in Ioseph among the posteritie of Ioseph and the other tribes of Israel Ioseph is named as principall having the birth-right 1 Chron. 5. 1 2. So Psal. 80. 2. from the land so the Greeke turneth it the Hebrew ghnal being here for meghnal the same that min from as 2 Chro. 33. 8. with 2 King 21. 8. Zach. 4. 3. At their going out of Egypt the feast of the Passeover was appointed Exod. 12. after in the wildernesse the other feasts Levit. 23. or we may read it against the land viz. to destroy it and the first-borne Exod. 11. 4 5. The Chaldee applieth this to Ioseph when hee went out of prison and ruled over the land of Egypt I heard a language Hebr. a lip used for the speech or language as Gen. 11. 1. Vers. 7. from the burden that is burdens wherewith they were vexed in Egypt making bricks building cities c. Exod. 1. 11. and 5. 4 5 7 8. basket or pot such vessels as wherein they carried straw mortar bricke c. Vers. 8. Thou calledst Israel having left Egypt Pharaoh with his host pursued them and they were sore afraid and cried to the Lord Exo. 14. 10 15. secret place of thunder out of the blacke cloud wherewith God guided and protected Israel but with thunder raine c. dismayed the Egyptians Exod. 14. 19 20 24 25. See also Psal. 77. 18 19. of Meribah that is of Strife so named because Israel there strove with Moses and almost stonied him Ex. 17. 1 2 3 4 7. There God proved theÌ„ to know what was in their heart whether they would keep his commandements or no Deut. 8. 2. Exod. 15. 25. and there they proved God Ps. 95. 9. Vers. 9. testifie or protest take to witnesse namely the heavens and earth c. as Deut. 31. 28. and 32. 1 46. and 30. 19. and deeply charge thee Compare herewith Exod. 19. 3 4 5 c. and 20. 22 23. Ier. 11. 7 8 8. V. 11. open wide that is speake and aske freely This sentence our Saviour openeth thus If yee abide in mâ— and my words abide in you aske what ye will and it shall be done to you Ioh. 15. 7. and the Apostle thus Whatsoever we aske of God we receive of him because wee keepe his commandements c. 1 Ioh. 3. 22. The Chaldee expoundeth it Open thy mouth to the words of the law and I will fill it with all good Vers. 12. not well affected had no will or good inclination which they shewed presently after the giving of the Law by making themselves gods of gold and by their continuall rebellions afterward Exod. 32. 1 31. Vers. 13. perverse intendment or stubborne opinion writhing and obstinate intention which they looked after in their erroneous heart This word is taken from Deut. 29. 19. and after often objected to them by Ieremie Ier. 3. 17. and 7. 24. and 9. 14. and 11. 8. And this is noted for a judgement of God when he suffereth people to walke in their owne wayes Act. 14. 16. Vers. 15. humbled and so have given them rest from their enemies as in 1 Chron. 17. 10. compared with 2 Sam. 7. 11. Vers. 16. falsly denied or fainedly submitted see Psal. 18. 45. and 66. 3. their time if this be referred to the enemies it is meant their time of distresse as Ps. 10. 1. and 31. 16. so time is used Ier. 27. 7. Isa. 13. 22. if to Gods people it meaneth their continued setled state which the Chaldee translateth their strength Vers. 17. fed him that is his people verse 14. fat of wheat the principall or flower of corne so Deut. 32. 14. Psal. 147. 14. out of the rocke out of which God had made his people sucke honey and oile Deut. 32. 13. Spiritually the Rocke is Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. the honey is the gracious words that flow from him sweetnes to the soule and health to the bones Prov. 16. 24. Psal. 19. 11. Song 4. 11. PSAL. LXXXII An exhortation to the Iudges and reproofe of their negligence A Psalme of Asaph GOd standeth in the assembly of God he judgeth in the midst of the Gods How long will ye judge injurious evill and accept the faces of the wicked Selah Iudge ye the poore weakling and the fatherlesse justifie the afflicted and the poore Deliver the poore weakling and the needy â—id free out of the hand of the wicked They know not neither will they understand they will walke on in darknesse moved shall be all the foundations of the earth I have said ye are Gods and ye all are sonnes of the most high But surely ye shall die as men and as one of the Princes shall ye fall Rise up O God judge thou the earth for thou shalt inherit in all nations Annotations THe assembly of God that is the assise or session of Magistrates whose office is the ordinance of god Rom. 13. 1 2. Deut. 16. 18. and who are to execute not the judgments of man but of the Lord who is with them in the cause and judgement 2 Chron. 19. 6. Deut 1. 17. in the mids of the Gods that is among the Iudges as the Chaldee translateth or Magistrates v. 6 who in the Law are called Gods Exod. 22. 8 9 28. because the word of God was given to them Ioh. 10. 34 35. Vers. 2. How long c. Thus God by his Prophet judgeth and reproveth the Gods or Iudges for unrighteous judgement The Chaldee addeth How long ye wicked will ye judge c. accept the faces respect the persons lift up admire honour or favour the faces a thing forbidden both concerning rich and poore Deut. 1. 17. and 16. 19. Lev. 19. 15. Prov. 18. 5. Lam. 2. 1 9. Vers. 3. Iudge ye that is defend deliver see Psal. 43. 1. Esa. 1. 17. justifie that is doe justice as 2 Sam. 15. 4. and acquit or absolve him his cause being right Deut. 25. 1. Ier. 22. 3. Vers. 5. They know not The Iudges are ignorant of their dutie Mic. 3. 1. Ier. 10. 21. Prov. 29. 7. The Chaldee paraphraseth The are not wise to doe good and they understand not the Law they will walke on that is continue wilfully ignorant and sinfull in perverting justice Mic. 3. 9. To walke in darknesse is
good Korah and his company were for a signe to the Israelites Num. 16. 38. 26. 10. Ionas a signe to the Ninevites and Christ to the Iewes Luke 11. 30. PSAL. LXXXVII The nature and glory of the Church 4 The increase honour and comfort of the members thereof To the sonnes of Korah a Psalme a Song HIs foundation among the mountaines of holinesse Iehovah loveth the gates of Sion above all the dwelling places of Iakob Glorious things spoken is of thee O Citie of God Selah I will make mention of Rahab and Babel to them that know me loe Palestina and Tyrus with Cush this man was borne there And of Sion it shall be said man and man was borne in her and he the most High shall establish her Iehovah will recount when he writeth the peoples this man was borne there Selah And singers as players on flutes all my well-springs in thee Annotations HIs foundation or The foundation thereof Gods ground-worke of the Temple which was built upon the mountaines Morijah and Sion 2 Chron. 3. 1. Ps. 2. 6. Some referre it to the Psalme the foundation or argument whereof is of the Church of Christ. The Chaldee saith By the hands of the sonnes of Korah the Psalme was said and the Song founded in the mouth of the ancient fathers Vers. 2. gates of Sion the publike assemblies of the people see the Notes on Psal. 9. 15. The Law was to come out of Sion Mich. 4. 2. and the Scepter of Christs Kingdome Psal. 110. 2. dwelling places these the Chaldee expoundeth Synagogues of the house of Iakob which were in all the Cities of Israel Vers. 3. spoken is that is are particularly spoken all and every of them of thee Citie of God that is Ierusalem so called also Psal. 46. 5. and 48. 2. a figure of the Church What honourable things are spoken of this Citie see Isa. 54. and 60. and 62. and 65. Rev. 21. and 22 chapters The Hebrew phrase in thee is rightly turned according to the Greeke of thee or concerning thee which many times hath such signification as Psal. 63. 7. and 71. 6. and 119. 46. 1 Sam. 19. 4. so also in the Greeke as Rom. 11. 2. Vers. 4. Rahab that is as the Chaldee Paraphrast saith the Aegyptians So Aegypt is called Rahab in Psal. 89. 11. Isa. 51. 9. either for the strength and pride of Egypt which the word Rahab signifieth or of some chiefe citie so named as elsewhere Tsoan Psal. 78. 12. The calling of Egypt to the fellowship of the Church is also prophesied Isa. 19. 19 21 25. And for I will mention the Chaldee translateth the Egyptians and Babylonians they shall mention thy praises Babel the Babylonians see Psal. 137. 1. their chiefe citie was Babel Of a Christian Church there mention is made 1 Pet. 5. 13. to them or among them that know me to wit my familiars Palestina the Philistims see Psal. 60. 10. Tyrus the Tyrians see Psal. 45. 13. Of them were Christian disciples Acts 21. 3 4. Cush the Aethiopians as the Greeke translateth see Psal. 68. 32. this man that is as the Greeke saith these men meaning all before mentioned So the Hebrew often speaketh of a whole nation as of one man See Psal. 25. 22. and 130. 8. But the Chaldee expoundeth it where this kingdome is borne was borne there in the citie of God aforesaid There of immortall seed by the word and Spirit of God are men borne anew 1 Pet. 1. 23. Iam. 1. 18. A thing to come is here set downe as already done so in Isa. 9. 6. Vers. 5. man and man so the Greeke also expresseth the Hebraisme Hereby seemeth to bee meant every man successiively as Hest. 1. 8. For Ierusalem is the mother of us all Gal. 4. 26. So day and day is every day Hest. 3. 4. Psal. 61. 9. Or man and man is many men of this and that Nation of each estate and degree stablish her that the gates of hell shall not prevaile against her Mat. 16. 18. Therefore this citie lieth fouresquare setled in all changes Revel 21. 16. Ezek. 48. 16 20. It may also be read and he will stablish her on high and so the Chaldee expoundeth it and Ierusalem is said to be above Gal. 4. 26. Vers. 6. writing the peoples in the writing of the house of Israel that is the Church Ezek. 13. 9. Isa. 4. 3. V. 7. And singers or And singing are c. This may have reference to the solemne worship of God used in the Church of Israel where singers players on instruments had in charge continually to laud the Lord c. 1 Chron. 9. 33. and 25. 1 2 c. and dances were used at their holy feasts to honor him with Iudg. 21. 19 21. So Christ the Lambe hath harpers with him on mount Sion that sing as it were a new song before the throne Rev. 14. 1 2 3. Or it may respect that which followeth all my springs in thee or of thee are singing that is do sing as also dance or as they that dance that is shew joyfulnesse players on flutes or dancers for so this word may also be taken for dancing to wit at the sound of the flute or pipe as Iudg. 21. 21. Compare herewith Isa. 30. 29. The Greeke here turneth it rejoyeers and it may foretell the joy that should be in the world for the conversion of the Gentiles my well-springs or fountaines streames of water as Psal. 104. 10 that is all gifts and graces which the Scripture noteth by lively fountaines of waters wherewith they are refreshed that serve God in his Temple day and night Rev. 7. 15 17. and welsprings of salvation Isa 12. 3. And as Christ is called a fountaine so is his Church Song 4. 15 12. in thee for now unto principalities and powers in heavenly places is knowne by the Church the manifold wisedome of God Eph. 3. 10. 1 Pet 1. 12. Or we may read it as before in the third verse of thee all my springs doe sing c. PSAL. LXXX VIII A prayer containing a grievous complaint of manifold miseries A Song a Psalme to the sonnes of Korach to the master of the musicke on Machalath leannoth an instructing Psalme of Heman the â—zrachite OIehovah God of my salvation by day I cry out in the night before thee Let my prayer come before thee bow thine eare to my shrill cry For my soule is filled with evils and my life draweth neere to hell I am counted with them that goe downe the pit I am as a man that hath no strength Among the dead free like the slaine that lie in the grave whom thou remembrest no more and they are cut away from thine hand Thou hast put me in the pit of the lowest places in darknesses in the deepe places Thy wrathfull heat stayeth upon me and with all thy billowes thou afflictest me Selab My knowne acquaintance thou hast put farre away from me hast see me for abominations to
great If a man have no lambe to redeeme it with hee may redeeme it with the value of it and give the price to the Priest The Law commandeth not a Lambe to make it heavier upon him but lighter For if hee have the firstling of an Asse which is worth ten shekels he may redeeme it with a lambe worth a quarter of a shekell But the price in money is from three zuzims and upward that is three quarters of a shekell for one zoz is the fourth part of a shekell If the price be lesse then three zuzims they redeeme it not therewith and a good eye that is a liberall person giveth not lesse then a shekell Maimony in treat of Firstfruits Chap. 12. Sect. 10. c. breake the necke the Chaldee saith kill it They might have no use or benefit of the Asse till it was redeemed If hee sold it before it was redeemed the price was unlawfull If it dyed before it was redeemed or if the necke was broken it was buried For it was unlawfull to make benefit of it even after the necke was broken because it was not redeemed Therefore if hee redeemed it not but gave the Asse it selfe to the Priest it was unlawfull for the Priest to put it to any service vntill it was redeemed with a lambe Maimony ibidem Chap. 12. Sect. 4. they shall not appeare or my face shall not be seene to wit by any man the Greeke saith thou shalt not appeare empty without an oblation see Exod. 23. 15. Vers. 21. labour or serve see the notes on Exodus 20. 9. For this in Exod. 23. 12. is written sixe dayes thou shalt doe thy workes Vers. 22. observe to thee Hebr. doe to thee meaning observe or make holy celebrate According to this phrase is to doe the Sabbath day Exod. 31. 16. Deut. 5. 15. to dee the Passeover Deut. 16. 1. Matt. 26. 18. to doe the feast of Boothes Deut 16. 13. and the like The Greeke translateth Thou shalt doe that is observe to me of weeks or of sevens a feast seven weeks after the Passeover called Pentecost Lev. 23. 15. 16. Act. 2. 1. it was also called harvest Exod. 23. 16. revolution or circumvolution circuit that is the returne as the revolution of the yeere 2 Chron. 24. 23. is explained to be the returne of it 1 King 20. 26. when the old yeere endeth and the new beginneth This was in the seventh moneth which we call September see the notes on Exod. 23. 16. Vers. 23. every male of thee or all thy male-kind see Exod. 23. 17. Deut. 16. 16. Vers. 24. no man to wit of thy neighbours or enemies round about thee shall have the heart to set upon thy coasts when all the men are gathered before me Vers. 25. not slay for sacrifice as in Exodus 23. 18. see the notes there sacrifice in Greeke sacrifices meaning of the Passeover as after is explained Hence the Hebrewes gather their rite of purging Leven out of their houses before the Passeover they expound it thus Thou shalt not slay the Passeover whiles Leven yet remaineth Now the killing of the Passover is the fourteenth of Abib after midday Maimony treat of Levened and Unlevenedbread Chap. 2. Sect. 1. See more in the notes on Exod 12. vers 15. and vers 10. Vers. 26. first or beginning of the fruits see Ex. 23. 19. a kid in Greeke a lambe in Chaldee thou shalt not eate flesh with milke and the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth not to boyle nor to eat flesh and milke mixed together See Exod. 23. 19. Vers. 27. tenour Hebrew the mouth of these words which the Chaldee expounds the speech of these words have stricken or doe strike that is make for these precepts were both given before and now repeated Vers. 28. he that is God wrote vers 1. ten words that is ten commandements which therefore we call of the Greeke name the Decalogue Ten is often used for many as ten times meane many times Gen. 31. 7. Iob 19. 3. ten men Zach. 8. 23. and ten women Lev. 26. 26. and ten thousands Heb. 12. 22. that is many and as other numbers are made of ten by reduplication so all other writings of the Law and Prophets depend upon these ten words so by this number ten God gave a perfect and compleat Law And Words are used for whole sentences or commandements as Paul saith also one word Cal. 5. 14. when he rehearseth a commandement and that is called the Word of God in Marke 7. 13. which another calleth the Commandement of God Matt. 15. 6. These ten words were according to the first writing and to the words which were spoken before in the day of the Assembly Deut. 10. 4. Vers. 29. shone which the Greeke translateth was glorious and so the Apostle alleadgeth it in 2 Cor. 3. where by glory is meant shining brightnesse as in 1 Cor. 15. 41. there is one glory of the Sun and another glory that is brightnesse of the Moone c. and the Israelites could not behold the face of Moses for the glory that is the brightnesse of his countenance 2 Cor. 3. 7. and the earth was lightned with the glory of the Angell Rev. 18. 1. The Chaldee also translateth Moses knew not that the brightnesse of the glory of his face was multiplied The Latine version saith Moses face was horned mistaking the word for of the Hebrew Karan which is to shine or cast forth glorious beames the name Keren or Horne is derived in which sense the Latine translated it here and gave occasion unto the ignorant to paint Moses face with two hornes like an Oxe whereby this glorious mystery hath been obscured and turned to a fable For the glory of Moses face signified the glory of the Law which he preached 2 Cor. 3. 7. c. Vers. 30. feared for Moses his ministration was death and condemnation 1 Cor. 3. 7. 9. because the Law giveth knowledge of sin and causeth wrath Rom. 3. 20. and 4. 15. and therefore the more bright and glorious that it is the more terrour it striketh in all mens hearts there being a weaknesse and impossibility in all men to do the same Rom. 8. 3. For Aaron himselfe and all the Rulers were afraid of Moses as well as the other people even as at the first giving of the Law Moses himselfe with all the people were affrighted and trembled Exodus 19. Vers. 33. and he put or and hee had put a veil but the Greeke translateth And when he had ceased speaking unto them he put a veil c. that is after this first communing with them when hee knew the cause of their feare he put on a veil or covering which signified the obscurity of the Law whos 's first true and proper meaning and end could not easily be discerned also the darknesse that is in all mens hearts naturally till God take away the veil and hardnesse that is upon them For so the Apostle speaketh of a double veile one outward
in the Law another inward in the heart 2 Cor. 3. 13. 14. c. And as without a veil the people could not heare Moses so except the Law be veiled and hath as it were a new face upon it the naturall man cannot endure the glory of it so terrible it is to the conscience of sinners R. Menachem here observeth how the former Ancients of Israel at the reading of the Booke of the Law covered their faces and said hee that heareth from the mouth of the reader is as hee that heareth from the mouth of Moses Vers. 34. tooke off the veil whereof there was no use in the sight of God who doth not onely know himselfe the use and end of his Law but sheweth the same also to others which was likewise here figured for when men shall be turned to the Lord the veile shall be taken away 2 Cor. 3. 16. Vers. 35. put the veil againe on hereby signifying the continuall glory of his ministery and infirmity of the people till both of them be done a way Which is accomplished by the Gospell the ministration of the Spirit and of righteousnesse which exceeds in glory so that Moses ministery hath no glory in this respect for Christ taketh away the veil so that we may both stedfastly looke to the end of the Law which is abolished and all of us with unveiled face beholding as in a glasse the glory of the Lord are changed into the same image from glory to glory even as by the Spirit of the Lord 1 Cor. 5. 8. 18. CHAP. XXXV 1 Moses commandeth the people from the Lord to keepe the Sabbath 4 to bring willing offrings of gold silver brasse and other stuffe for the Tabernacle and furniture thereof 20 The people goe and bring voluntary gifts 22 Men and women bring their Iewels and ornaments and other stuffe such as they had 25. The wise women spin the stuffe 27 The Rulers bring precious stones and spices 30 Bezaleel and Aholiab are shewed to be the men whom God had filled with his Spirit and Wisedome to doe the worke of the Sanctuary 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Moses gathered together all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel and said unto them These are the words which Iehovah hath commanded to doe them Sixe dayes shall worke be done but on the seventh day there shall be to you holinesse a Sabbath of sabbatisme to Iehovah whosoever doth any worke therein shall be put-to-death Ye shall kindle no fire in any of your habitations upon the Sabbath day And Moses said unto all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel saying this is the thing which Iehovah hath commanded saying Take yee from amongst you an offring unto Iehovah whosoever is willing in his heart let him bring it the offring of Iehovah Gold and silver brasse And blew and purple and scarlet and fine-linnen and Goats hayre And Rams skins dyed-red and Tachash skins and Shittim wood And oile for the Light and spices for the anointing oile and for the incense of sweet-spices And Beryll stones filling stones for the Ephod and for the Brest plate And every wise harted among you shall come and make all that Iehovah hath commanded The Tabernacle the tent thereof and the covering thereof the taches thereof and the boards thereof the bars thereof the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof The arke and the bars there of the Covering-mercy-seat and the veile of the covering The Table and the barres thereof and all the vessels thereof and the shew-bread And the Candlesticke for the Light and the vessels thereof and the lamps thereof and the oile for the Light And the Altar of incense and the bars thereof and the anointing oyle and the incense of sweet spices and the hanging veile of the doore for the doore of the Tabernacle The Altar of Burnt offring and the grate of brasse which is for it the bars thereof and all the vessels thereof the Laver and the foot thereof The tapestry-hangings of the Court the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof and the hanging-veile of the gate of the Court The pinnes of the Tabernacle and the pins of the Court and their coards The garments of ministery to minister in the holy-place the garments of holinesse for Aaron the Priest and the garments of his sonnes to minister-in-the-priests-office And all the congregation of the Sonnes of Israel departed from the presence of Moses And they came every man whose heart stirred him up and every one whose spirit made him willing they brought the offring of Iehovah for the worke of the Tent of the Congregation and for all the service thereof and for the garments of holinesse And they came the men with the women every-one that was willing hearted they brought bracelets and eare-rings and rings and tablets all jewels of gold and every man that offered offred an offring of gold unto Iehovah And every man with whom was found blew and purple and scarlet and fine-linnen and Goats hayre and Rammes skinnes dyed red and Tachash skinnes brought them Every one that offred an offring of silver and of brasse they brought the offring of Iehovah and every one with whom was found Shittim wood for any work of the service brought it And every woman that was wise hearted did spinne with her hands and they brought the spun-worke the blew and the purple and the scarlet and the fine-linnen And all the women whose heart stirred them up in wisedome spunne Goats hayre And the Rulers brought Beryll stones and filling stones for the Ephod and for the Brest-plate And spice and oyle for the Light and for the anointing oyle and for the incense of sweet-spices Every man and woman whose heart made them willing to bring for all the work which Iehovah had commanded to make by the hand of Moses the sonnes of Israel ◠brought a willing offring unto Iehovah And Moses said unto the sonnes of Israel See Iehovah hath called by name Bezaleel the sonne of Vri the sonne of Hur of the tribe of Iudah And he hath filled him with the Spirit of God in wisedome in understanding and in knowledge and in all workmanship And to devise cunning-worke to worke in gold and in silver and in brasse And in ingraving of stone to fill and in carving of wood to work in all cunning works And hee hath given into his heart for to teach he and Aholiab the sonne of Ahisamach of the Tribe of Dan. He hath filled them with wisedome of heart to make all worke of the ingraver and of the cunning-workman and of the embroiderer in blew and in purple in scarlet and in fine-linnen and of the weaver even of them that doe any worke and that devise cunning workes Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 HEre beginneth the 22 Section of the Law See Gen. 6. 9. and 28. 10. Vers. 2. holinesse that is a day of holinesse or an holy day and signe of holinesse from the Lord See Exod. 31. 13.
fathers leave in a company that are all vaine and vile persons That a sonne onely not a daughter is to be put to death by this Law and hee not a little one or a childe who is not within the rule or compasse of the commandements not a man that is growne up and is in his owne power So that hee must be at least above twelve yeeres of age And if he be married three moneths and his wife be knowne to be with childe they free him also from this Law because it is said a sonne and not a father Moreover that the father and mother must bring this rebellious sonne first to the court of three Iudges and there complaine of his disobedience bringing with them two witnesses of his stealth and gluttony whereupon he is there beaten as others are for the like crime and this is that chastening in v. 18. If he fall againe to stealth and riot his father and mother bring him againe before the Magistrates with the witnesses and he is condemned to death But if before sentence is passed on him his father and mother doe relent in pitie towards him hee is let goe If he flee away before sentence is gone out against him and be afterward taken when hee is in mans state which they also judge by the haire on his face hee is not put to death but if hee scape away after sentence of condemnation he is stoned to death whensoever hee is taken If his father be willing to bring him to the Magistrate and the mother not or the mother willing and the father not he is not to be judged as a rebellious sonne If either parent have lost their hand or be lame or dumbe or blinde or deafe the sonne passeth not under this condemnation for it is said they must lay hold on him and bring him and must say this our sonne c. hee obeieth not our voice c. These and the like cautions are noted by Maimony in treat of Rebels chap. 7. and in the Bab. Thalmud in Sanhedrin ch 8. but they have not all of them found ground from the Scripture Howbeit if any sonne be by any of these exceptions saved that he die not as a rebellious sonne yet is he under all other punishments which the Magistrates inflict on other riotours and like malefactors the gate of his place that is the gate of the place where he dwelt at which gate the Magistrates used to sit Deut. 22. 15. and 25. 7. So the Chaldee here translateth the gate of the judgement-hall of his place Vers. 20. a glutton or riotour devourer in Hebrew Zolel which hath the signification of vilenesse Ier. 15. 19. The Chaldee addeth a glutton or riotous eater of flesh and a riotous drinker of wine which words seeme also to be understood in the Hebrew and are so expressed in Prov. 23. 20. Be not amongst riotous drinkers of wine amongst riotous eaters of flesh for the riotous drinker and the riotous eater or glutton shall come to poverty Where in the latter sentence the words flesh and wine are omitted as here they are in Moses And to these two flesh and wine the Hebrewes do restraine this law as before is noted but oft times such things are named for an instance and doe imply all other of like sort Vers. 21. and he shall die or that he die The sinnes of riot and drunkennesse were not by Moses Law punishable by death this therefore was in respect of his disobedience to his parents which greatly aggravated his sinne and for which hee was to die when other drunkards scaped with lighter punishment Hereupon Solomon uttered his parable He that keepeth the Law is a wise son but he that is a companion of gluttons shameth his father Prov. 28. 7. all Israel shall heare The like is spoken of the death of some other notorious malefactors as Deut. 13. 11. and 17. 13. and 19. 30. So in this case the Hebrewes say The rebellious sonne must be proclaimed and they publish by writings unto all Israel In such a Court wee stoned such an one because hee was a stubborne and rebellious sonne Maimony treat of Rebels chap. 7. sect 13. Vers. 22. worthy of death Hebr. of the judgement of death which the Chaldee well expoundeth desert of judgement to be killed and thou hang him The Hebrewes understand not this of putting him to death by hanging but of hanging a man up after hee was stoned to death which was done for more detestation of some hainous malefactors Their words are We are commanded to hang the blasphemer and the Idolater and a man is hanged but not a woman After they are stoned to death they fasten a peace of timber in the earth and out of it there commeth a peece of wood then they tie both his hands one to another and hang him neere unto the setting of the Sun and let him downe out of hand and if he abide all night it is a transgression Deut. 21. 23. And we are commanded to burie all that are killed by the Iudges the same day that they are killed They may not be hanged on a tree that groweth on the ground but on that which hath beene plucked up that there may not need any cutting of it downe for the tree that he is hanged on is to be buried with him that there be no evill memoriall of him for men to say this is the tree wheron such a man was hanged And so the stone wherewith the stoned is killed and the sword wherewith a man is put to death and the napkin wherwith he is strangled they all are buried Maimony in Sanhedrin ch 15. sect 6. c. In the Scripture we have examples of Rechab and Baanah who for murdering Ishbosheth were by Davids commandement slaine their hands and feet cut off and they hanged up 2 Sam. 4. 12. where their hanging seemeth to be after their death and so in others as Ios. 10. 26. which might also be the case of the King of Ai Ies. 8. 29. of those Idolaters in Num. 25. 4. And the Scripture sheweth a double punishment for some hainous sinnes as in Achans family who were burned with fire after they were stoned Ios. 7. 25. Among the Romans afterward they hanged or fastned them to the tree alive and such was the death of our Lord Christ who bare our 〈…〉 es in his owne bodie on the tree 1 Pet. 2. 24. Luke 23. 33 39. Vers. 23. burying in Greeke with buriall thou shall burie him that is in any wise burie him This was also sulfilled in our Saviours body which was buried the same day that he was hanged on tree Ioh. 19. 31 38 42. he that is hanged to wit on tree as Gal. 3. 13. This speech as many other of like sort is generall therefore the Greeke translateth every one that is hanged on tree and that interpretation the Apostle alleageth in Gal. 3. 13. the curse that is cursed as the A postle expoundeth it
according to the Greeke version Gal. 3. 13. And here in the utmost rigour and severity of the Law God fore-signified the riches of his grace towards sinners in Christ who redeemed us from the curse of the Law being made a curse for us as appeared in that he was hanged on the tree Gal. 3. 13. He was reckoned among the transgressors Luke 22. 37. and God made him to be sinne for us who knew no sinne that wee might be made the righteousnesse of God in him 2 Cor. 5. 21. The Chaldee translateth For because he sinned before the Lord he is hanged and thou shalt not defile the land or as the Greeke translateth and the land shall not be defiled which might be by the monument of Gods curse remaining upon it visibly So the buriall was to abolish the curse from appearing in the Lords land A figure of the fruit and effect of our Saviours buriall whereby the rigour of the Law was declared to be satisfied and all our sinnes defaced and removed out of Gods sight that they shall neveâ—be imputed unto us CHAP. XXII 1 The Law for our brethrens cattell strayed or things lost 5 The sex is to be distinguished by appa 〈…〉 6. The dam bird is not to be taken with her young 〈◊〉 8 The house must have battlements 9 Confu 〈…〉 〈◊〉 be avoided 12 Fringes to be made upon the 〈◊〉 13 The punishment of him that slandereth 〈◊〉 20. 22. Of adultery 25 of rape 28 for 〈…〉 30 incest THou shalt not see thy brothers oxe or his sheepe go astray and hide thy selfe from them restoring thou shalt 〈…〉 ore them unto thy brother And if thy 〈◊〉 〈…〉 er be not nigh unto thee or thou 〈…〉 west him not then thou shalt gather it 〈◊〉 thine house and it shall be with thee un 〈…〉 thy brother seeke after it and thou shalt 〈…〉 re it unto him And so shalt thou doe 〈◊〉 his asse and so shalt thou doe with his 〈…〉 ent and so shalt thou doe with every 〈◊〉 of thy brother which shall be lost by 〈◊〉 and thou hast found it thou maist not 〈◊〉 thy selfe Thou shalt not see thy brothers asse or his oxe fallen in the way and hide thy selfe from them lifting thou shalt lift them up with him A mans ornament shal not be upon a woman neither shall a man put on a womans garment for every one that doth these things is an abomination to Iehovah thy God If a birds nest chance to be before thee in the way in any tree or on the ground young ones or egges and the dam sitting upon the young or upon the eggs thou shalt not take the dam with the young Sending thou shalt send away the dam the young thou shalt take unto thee that it may be well with thee and thou maist prolong thy daies When thou buildest a new house then thou shalt make a battlement for thy roofe that thou put not blouds in thine house if any falling fall fâ—om it Thou shalt not sow thy vineyard with divers kindes lest the full-ripe fruit the seed which thou hast sowen and the revenue of the vineyard be defiled Thou shalt not plow with an oxe and an asse together Thou shalt not weare linsie-woolsie wooll and flax together Fringes shalt thou make unto thee upon the foure skirts of thy vesture which thou coverest thee withall If a man take a wife and goe in unto her and hate her And lay against her occasions of speech and bring forth upon her an evill name and say I tooke this woman and I came nigh unto her and I found her not to have virginity Then shall the father of the damosell and her mother take and bring forth the virginity of the damosell unto the Elders of the citie in the gate And the father of the damosel shall say unto the Elders I gave my daughter unto this man to wife he hateth her And loe he hath laid against her occasions of speech saying I found not thy daughter to have virginitie and this is my daughters virginity and they shall spread the cloth before the Elders of the citie And the Elders of that citie shall take the man and shall chastise him And they shall amearse him in an hundred shekels of silver and give them unto the father of the damosell because hee hath brought forth an evill name upon a Virgin of Israel and she shall be his to wife he may not send her away all his daies But if this word be truth and virginitie be not found for the damosell Then they shall bring out the damosell unto the doore of her fathers house and the men of her citie shall stone her with stones and she shall die because she hath done folly in Israel to commit whoredome in her fathers house and thou shalt put away evill from the midst of thee If a man be found lying with a woman married to an husband then they shall die even both of them the man that lieth with the woman and the woman and thou shalt put away evill from Israel If there be a damosel a virgin betrothed to a man and a man find her in the citie and lie with her Then ye shall bring out both of them unto the gate of that citie and yee shall stone them with stones and they shall die the damosell because she cried not out in the citie and the man because hee hath humbled his neighbours wife and thou shalt put away evill from the midst of thee And if in the field a man doe finde a betrothed damosell and the man take strong hold on her and lie with her then the man that lay with her shall die he onely But unto the damosell thou shalt not do any thing there is in the damosell no sinne of death for as when a man riseth against his neighbour and killeth him in soule so is this matter For he found her in the field the betrothed damosell cried out and there was none to save her If a man finde a damosell a virgin which is not betrothed and lay hold on her and lie with her and they be found Then the man that lieth with her shall give unto the damosels father fiftie shekels of silver and she shall be his to wife because he hath humbled her he may not send her away all his daies A man shall not take his fathers wife nor discover his fathers skirt Annotations THy brothers oxen yea though it be thine onemies Exod. 23. 4. goe astray Hebr. driven away or thrust out of the way by any meanes of themselves or others as by a dog hunted from the flocke or fold and the like The Greeke and Chaldee translate erring in way and going astray See the notes on Deut. 4. 19. This dutie required towards beasts is much more towards men as God applieth the similitude in Ezek. 34. 4. 16. And as we all were like sheepe going astray 1 Pet. 2. 25. so are we daily subject to stray from